JP6647254B2 - refrigerator - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a heat insulating box provided with a vacuum heat insulating material, a refrigerator having a vacuum heat insulating material, a showcase, a hot water storage device, a device having a vacuum heat insulating material, and the like.

  2. Description of the Related Art In recent years, from the viewpoints of global environmental protection and safety of nuclear power plants, various efforts have been made for resource saving and energy saving, particularly for power saving.

  From the viewpoint of energy saving and power saving, there has been proposed a technology in which, in addition to a rigid urethane foam, a vacuum heat insulating material is provided in a heat insulating box in which an outer shell is formed by an outer box and an inner box. And a vacuum heat insulating material, and an invention of a heat insulating box body in which the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material is defined with respect to the outer box surface area has been proposed. (See Patent Document 1)

  Further, in a device having an insulated box such as a refrigerator, it is necessary to reduce the wall thickness of the box in order to increase the internal volume, and therefore, vacuum insulation between the outer box and the inner box is required. A material has been proposed in which a material is provided, and a vacuum heat insulating material is directly attached to an outer box and an inner box without a urethane heat insulating material in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided. (See Patent Document 2)

In a refrigerator, a rail member supporting a drawer-type case is fixed to an inner box with screws or the like. (See Patent Document 3)
In a refrigerator, a rail member is fixed to a drawer door of a drawer-type storage room with a screw or the like. (See Patent Document 4)

Japanese Patent No. 3478810 JP-A-07-120138 JP 2006-177654 A JP 2009-228948 A

  The vacuum heat insulating material has, for example, 6 times or more the heat insulating performance of the conventional rigid urethane foam. For this reason, from the viewpoint of energy saving and the like, a vacuum heat insulating material has been provided in addition to the rigid urethane foam in a space formed between the outer case and the inner case. In recent years, as the demand for energy saving has increased, the amount of vacuum heat insulating material provided in the heat insulating box, such as the heat insulating box described in Patent Literature 1, has been increasing.

  On the other hand, in recent years, from the viewpoint of saving space and increasing the internal capacity of the heat insulating box, it is also required to reduce the space formed between the outer box and the inner box, that is, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box. ing. However, the conventional heat insulating box has been manufactured based on the technical idea that the rigid urethane foam mainly performs the heat insulating function, and the vacuum heat insulating material assists the heat insulating function of the hard urethane foam. Here, the conventional heat-insulating box obtains the box strength by filling the space between the inner box and the outer box with a predetermined density with the hard urethane foam, but reduces the thickness of the urethane to reduce the wall thickness. If the thickness of the urethane is to be reduced, the thickness of the urethane becomes smaller, the density of the urethane increases, and the heat insulation performance decreases, so it is necessary to satisfy the heat insulation performance and obtain the necessary box strength. It was difficult.

  In other words, in a device equipped with a vacuum insulating material such as a conventional heat-insulating box or refrigerator, the heat-insulating performance of the wall and the box and the strength of the box and the wall are secured by hard urethane foam, and the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box is secured. When the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is reduced in order to reduce the thickness, the heat insulating performance or the strength of the heat insulating box is insufficient, and there is a problem that it is difficult to reduce the wall thickness.

Here, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, the bending elastic modulus (rigidity of the rigid urethane foam) of the rigid urethane foam is increased by increasing the use amount (coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material. From the viewpoint of the strength of the heat insulating box, it seems that the wall thickness can be reduced to some extent. However, the heat insulating box described in Patent Literature 1 is manufactured based on a technical idea that hard urethane foam mainly performs a heat insulating function, and a vacuum heat insulating material assists the heat insulating function of the hard urethane foam. The foam mainly performs the heat insulating function, and the vacuum heat insulating material assists the heat insulating function of the rigid urethane foam, and the rigid urethane foam secures the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box and the strength of the wall surface. However, when the rigid urethane foam has a small thickness, the density and the flexural modulus increase, but the heat insulating property deteriorates. Therefore, in order to suppress the heat insulation performance of the rigid urethane foam from being reduced, the rigid urethane foam is set so that the flexural modulus and the density thereof are not more than predetermined values (the flexural modulus is 10 MPa or less, and the density is 60 kg / m ³ or less). ing. If the flexural modulus or density exceeds a predetermined value, the box strength is satisfactory, but the heat insulation performance is deteriorated, so that it has been difficult to use. Therefore, in the heat insulating box described in Patent Document 1, it is necessary to secure a certain thickness or more of urethane in order to secure both the strength of the box and the wall surface and the heat insulating performance. It is necessary to adjust the thickness of the urethane flow path at the portion filled with urethane to be equal to or greater than a predetermined value so that the thickness is equal to or less than a predetermined value (density: 60 kg / m ³ or less). There was a problem that it was difficult to achieve.

  Patent Document 2 discloses that as a measure against the strength of a heat-insulating box body provided with a vacuum heat-insulating material, a plastic material or the like is formed into a desired shape by vacuum forming, air-pressure forming, or the like in an outer packaging material of the vacuum heat-insulating material, and a granular material is formed inside. Vacuum insulation material, inner box, and outer box are used, which are formed into an uneven shape that secures strength by filling the core material. However, the inner box and the outer box are made to have the same strength as the inner box and the outer box by fitting the inner box and the outer box into the uneven shape having substantially the same shape as the irregularities of the outer packing material of the vacuum heat insulating material. The shape becomes complicated, and there are problems such as an increase in cost and a deterioration in assemblability. In addition, it is necessary to form the outer packaging material into an uneven shape to secure the strength, and the core material to be enclosed in the outer packaging material also needs to be shaped according to the uneven shape of the outer packaging material. It is necessary to use a granular material having a property, and the cost is increased as compared with a fiber-based core material such as glass fiber, and the heat insulation performance may be deteriorated. In addition, the back surface of the room (storage space for storage items and the like in the heat insulating box) has an uneven shape, and the shape is complicated, and the design is poor.

  Therefore, in a conventional heat-insulating box or device, particularly in a refrigerator, it is difficult to secure a predetermined heat-insulating performance and a predetermined box strength, and to make the heat-insulating wall or the heat-insulating material including the vacuum heat-insulating material thinner. It has been difficult to further increase the internal volume of the box, refrigerator, equipment, etc., or to reduce the external dimensions.

  Further, in the refrigerators described in Patent Documents 3 and 4, a rail member or a door frame that supports a case of a drawer-type storage room is insulated with a heat insulating wall (an inner box, or urethane insulating between an inner box and an outer box) by screws. Material or a reinforcing member provided between the inner box and the outer box). However, if the vacuum insulation is provided between the outer box and the inner box, and if the thickness of the insulation between the vacuum insulation and the inner box is small, the thickness of the vacuum insulation may vary. The fixing screw of the rail member or the door frame may damage or break the outer packaging material of the vacuum heat insulating material, causing a reduction in the heat insulating performance and reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material.

  In order to prevent damage to the vacuum heat insulating material, it is conceivable to shorten the length of the screw portion of the screw. However, the strength (for example, density, bending elasticity, etc.) of the urethane heat insulating material filled between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box is considered. ) Is small, the holding strength of the screw is weak, and the strength of the heat insulating wall formed integrally with the urethane is also weak, so the heat insulating wall or box may be deformed or the screw may be loosened, lowering the reliability. Therefore, the length of the screw portion cannot be reduced to a predetermined length or less. Therefore, another member (for example, a rail supporting member for supporting a case or a heavy member supporting member for supporting a heavy member such as a door frame, or the like, which is held or fixed to a heat insulating wall having a vacuum heat insulating material by a screw or a fitting structure, or When installing a cooler that generates cool air to cool the storage room or a vibration-affected member that is affected by vibration during operation, such as a fan that blows cool air into the storage room, It is difficult to reduce the length of the screw portion of the fixing member such as a screw to a predetermined length (for example, 15 mm) or less due to the mounting strength of the screw. And it was difficult to increase the internal volume.

  The present invention has been made to solve the above-described problems, and has as its main object to ensure the heat insulating performance and strength of a heat insulating box. In addition, an object of the present invention is to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, a device having a high-temperature portion or a low-temperature portion, which can reduce the thickness of a heat insulating wall or a heat insulating material.

  In addition, increase the inner volume of the heat-insulating box, refrigerator, equipment, etc. than before (enlarge the volume of the room), or reduce the outer dimensions of the heat-insulating box, refrigerator, equipment, etc. (smaller outer dimensions) The purpose of the present invention is to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a hot-water storage device, a device, and the like that can perform the above-described operations.

  Further, even when another member (for example, a heavy-weight supporting member or a vibration-influencing member) held or fixed by a screw or a fitting structure is attached to a heat insulating wall having a vacuum heat insulating material, the heat insulating wall or the heat insulating material can be made thinner. It is an object of the present invention to obtain a heat-insulating box, a refrigerator, a hot-water storage device, a device, and the like, which are capable of being used. It is another object of the present invention to obtain a highly reliable heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a hot water storage device, equipment, and the like having a large internal volume.

  It is another object of the present invention to reduce the wall thickness and to improve the design of a room (for example, a storage room for storing stored items).

  In the case where a heat source such as a hot water storage tank is insulated, the thickness of the heat-insulating wall is reduced so that the outer size of the heat-insulating box (for example, the outer diameter of a cylindrical or rectangular tube or a box having a front opening) is reduced. It is an object of the present invention to obtain a compact heat-insulating box, refrigerator, hot water storage device, equipment, and the like having a reduced width, depth, and height.

The refrigerator according to the first aspect,
In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box;
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member configured from a first member and a second member provided on the back side of the first member, and covering at least a part of the back wall;
With
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion ,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more .
The refrigerator according to the second aspect,
In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box,
A second interposition member for bonding the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member that covers at least a part of the back wall,
With
The first interposed member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion,
The vacuum insulation material flexural modulus Ri der least 20 MPa,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more.
The refrigerator according to the third aspect,
In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box,
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member comprising a first member and a second member provided on the back side of the first member, and covering at least a part of the back wall;
A first attachment portion provided in the recess, for fixing or holding the cover member;
With
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion ,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more.
The refrigerator according to the fourth aspect includes:
A refrigerator having a back wall, a left and right side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing the stored items,
A corner portion between the left side wall and the back wall, a convex portion formed at a corner portion between the right side wall and the back wall and protruding toward the front side;
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material,
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A protrusion provided in the recess, protruding to the front side,
With
In the recess, the first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more.
The refrigerator according to the fifth aspect,
A refrigerator having a back wall, a left and right side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing the stored items,
A corner portion between the left side wall and the back wall, a convex portion formed at a corner portion between the right side wall and the back wall and protruding toward the front side;
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material,
A second interposition member for bonding the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A protrusion provided in the recess, protruding to the front side,
With
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the recess.
The vacuum heat insulating material has a flexural modulus of 20 MPa or more,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more.
The refrigerator according to the sixth aspect,
A refrigerating room as a storage room provided in the upper stage and having a back wall and left and right side walls, a freezing room as a storage room provided in the lower stage, and a first cooler for generating cool air for cooling the refrigerating room; A second cooler that generates cool air for cooling the freezer compartment,
A convex portion formed on each of left and right corners of the side wall and the rear wall and protruding toward the front,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied to the concave portion and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box;
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
With
The first cooler is disposed behind the refrigerator compartment,
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion,
The first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more.

  With the above configuration, the strength of the box or wall of the refrigerator can be secured, and the wall thickness of the box can be reduced. In addition, when the heat-insulating box is applied to a device such as a refrigerator, the wall thickness of the box can be reduced, so that the storage space or the volume in the storage room can be increased without increasing the outer shape of the box. It is possible to do.

FIG. 2 is a front view of the refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. It is a block diagram of a control device of the refrigerator concerning Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a transverse sectional view of the refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a transverse sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a transverse sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a transverse sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a transverse sectional view of another refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 3 is a front view of the refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention, from which a front door is removed. FIG. 2 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. It is a front sectional view of the heat insulation box concerning Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 3 is a rear view of the heat-insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. It is a perspective view of the heat insulation box body concerning Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a perspective view of the heat insulation box body concerning Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the relationship between the density of the rigid urethane foam and the thermal conductivity of the heat insulation box which concerns on Embodiment 1 of this invention. It is a figure which shows the density and bending elastic modulus of the rigid urethane foam showing Embodiment 1 of this invention. FIG. 3 is a view showing a relationship between a flow channel thickness of urethane and a thermal conductivity of urethane when the rigid urethane foam according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention is filled. FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating a relationship between a flow channel thickness of urethane and a flexural modulus of urethane when the rigid urethane foam according to the first embodiment of the present invention is filled. It is a figure which shows the ratio of the thickness of the hard urethane with respect to the wall thickness of the heat insulation box body which represents Embodiment 1 of this invention, and the relationship of a composite thermal conductivity. It is the figure which showed the filling factor of the vacuum heat insulating material which occupies the space in the wall of the heat insulation box showing Embodiment 1 of this invention, and the amount of deformation of the heat insulation box. It is the figure which represented the ratio of the area which a vacuum heat insulating material occupies with respect to the surface area of the side part and back surface part of the heat insulation box which represents Embodiment 1 of this invention, and the deformation of the box. FIG. 3 is a rear view of the heat-insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. It is a schematic diagram of the cross-sectional shape of the heat insulation box side after the rigid urethane foam foamed. It is a schematic diagram of another cross-sectional shape of the heat insulation box side after the rigid urethane foam foamed. It is principal part sectional drawing near the rail attachment part of the refrigerator showing embodiment of this invention. It is a principal part sectional view near the rail attachment part of another refrigerator showing embodiment of this invention. It is a principal part sectional view near the rail attachment part of another refrigerator showing embodiment of this invention. It is a principal part sectional view near the rail attachment part of another refrigerator showing embodiment of this invention.

Embodiment 1
(refrigerator)
FIG. 1 is a front view of a refrigerator showing the first embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator showing the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in these figures, the refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigerator room 2 which is a double door (or openable) storage room at the top. Below the refrigerator compartment 2, an ice making compartment 3 and a switching compartment 4, which are storage compartments, are arranged in parallel on the left and right. A refrigerator room 6 as a storage room is provided at the bottom of the refrigerator 1, and a vegetable room 5 as a storage room is provided above the freezer room 6. The vegetable compartment 5 is provided below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged in parallel on the left and right, and above the freezing compartment 6.

  The refrigerator compartment 2 serving as a storage room has a storage product storage space for storing storage products (food, beverages, and the like), and the storage product storage space includes a plurality of resins for storing the storage products. A shelf 80 made of glass or glass is provided. Beneath the storage space (below the shelves in the refrigerator), there are provided containers 2X and 2Y having a substantially hermetic structure, which are controlled in a chilled temperature range of about + 3 ° C to -3 ° C. Alternatively, it is used as a vegetable room 2Y controlled in a vegetable room temperature zone maintained at about + 3 ° C. to + 5 ° C. The containers 2X and 2Y having the substantially closed structure may be used as an egg room for storing eggs. The containers 2X and 2Y having a substantially closed structure have, for example, a drawer-type structure, and the storage items can be taken in and out by pulling out the containers.

  As the structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a substantially closed structure, a container having a substantially closed structure can be configured by providing a detachable lid at an upper surface opening of a container having an upper surface opening with an open upper surface. This lid may be provided on the container, may be provided on a shelf 80 or a partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also be used as the lid.

  Of course, the arrangement of each room is not limited to the present embodiment. The ice making room 3 and the switching room 4 are arranged in parallel on the left and right below the refrigerator room 2 provided in the upper stage, and these are arranged in parallel on the left and right. A freezing room 6 is arranged below the arranged ice room 3 and the switching room 4 and above a vegetable room 5 provided at the lower stage. The mid-freezer type in which the freezing room 6 is disposed between the low-temperature room 3 and the switching room 4 is closer to the low-temperature room (for example, the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, and the freezing room 6). Since it is unnecessary and has little heat leakage, an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator can be provided.

  An opening on the front side of the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as a storage compartment is provided with a double-door type refrigerator compartment door 7 which can be freely opened and closed, and the refrigerator compartment door 7 is a refrigerator compartment door left 7A, a refrigerator compartment. A double door 7B constitutes a double door. Needless to say, a one-rotation door may be used instead of the double door. The ice-making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, and the freezing room 6, which are other storage rooms, have a drawer-type ice-making room door 8, which can freely open and close the opening of the ice-making room 3, and a switching room. 4 is a drawer-type switching room door 9 that can freely open and close the opening of the drawer 4, a drawer-type vegetable room door 10 that can freely open and close the opening of the vegetable room 5, and a freezing room 6. A drawer-type freezer compartment door 11 that can freely open and close the opening is provided. Here, the drawer-type storage room door (for example, the ice making room door 8, the switching room door 9, the vegetable room door 10, and the freezing room door 11) has a rail member such as a screw in the inner box 750 forming the storage room. The door frame fixed or held by the fixing member 735 or the fitting structure slides on the rail member directly or via a roller or the like, so that the door and the door frame are fixed. The placed case can be pulled out.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 3, which will be described later, an operation switch (room) for setting the temperature in the storage room is provided on one of the left and right refrigerator room doors 7A and 7B on the left and right sides of the refrigerator room 2 as the storage room. A selection switch 60a, a temperature zone changeover switch 60b, an instantaneous freezing switch 60c, an ice making changeover switch 60d, a mist spraying switch 60e) and an operation panel 60 for displaying temperature information such as a temperature in the refrigerator and a set temperature are provided. The operation information of the switch, the display information of the liquid crystal display unit, the temperature information of the storage room, and the like are controlled by the control device 30 including a microcomputer mounted on the back of the refrigerator (on the back of the refrigerator compartment). .

  A compressor 12 is provided in a machine room 1 </ b> A provided at the lowermost part of the back of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is a component of the refrigeration cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A, and has a function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in the condensed state is decompressed in a capillary (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown) which is a decompression device. The cooler 13 is a component constituting a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator and is arranged in the cooler room 131. The refrigerant decompressed by the decompression device evaporates in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the endothermic effect at the time of the evaporation. The cool air circulation fan 14 is disposed in the cooler room 131 near the cooler 13, and transfers the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 to a cool air passage (for example, the switching room cool air passage 16 or the refrigerating room cool air flow). This is for blowing air to each room (refrigerating room 2, ice making room 3, switching room 4, vegetable room 5, freezing room 6) which is a storage room of the refrigerator 1 via the road 50 and the like.

  Below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, a defrosting heater 150 (a glass tube heater for defrosting, for example, a quartz glass tube, which is a defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13) is provided. Is provided with a carbon heater using a carbon fiber that emits light having a wavelength of 0.2 μm to 4 μm that passes through a quartz glass tube. A heater roof 151 is provided above the defrost heater 150 between the cooler 13 and the defrost heater 150 so that defrost water dropped from the cooler 13 does not directly hit the defrost heater 150. ing. If a black medium heater such as a carbon heater is used for the defrost heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer, so that the surface temperature is reduced to a low temperature (about 70 ° C. to 80 ° C.). If a flammable refrigerant (for example, isobutane which is a hydrocarbon refrigerant) is used as the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition is reduced even if refrigerant leakage occurs. it can. In addition, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer as compared with the nichrome wire heater, so that the frost formed on the cooler 13 gradually melts, and the frost drops as a lump. Since it is difficult to perform the operation, it is possible to reduce the sound of falling when falling on the heater roof 151, so that a refrigerator with low noise and high defrosting efficiency can be provided.

  Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a click-type heater integrated into the cooler 13. Further, a glass tube type heater and a stowage type heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated by the cooler 13 or the defrost water dropped on the heater roof 151 falls in the cooler room and is discharged from the defrost water outlet provided below the cooler room 131 to the outside of the refrigerator (for example, a machine). (Evaporating dishes and the like provided in the chamber 1A).

  The switching chamber damper 15 serving as an air volume adjusting unit adjusts the amount of cool air blown to the switching chamber 4 serving as a storage room by the cool air circulation fan 14 to control the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature, This is for switching the set temperature of the switching chamber 4. The cool air cooled by the cooler 13 is blown into the switching room 4 through the switching room cold air passage 16 which is a cooling air passage. The switching room cold air passage 16 is arranged downstream of the switching room damper 15.

  Further, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 serving as an air volume adjusting means also controls the amount of cool air blown into the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as the storage compartment by the cool air circulation fan 14, and controls the temperature inside the refrigerator compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature. Or to change the set temperature of the refrigerator compartment 2. The cool air cooled by the cooler 13 is blown into the refrigeration room 2 through the chill room air passage 50 which is a cool air passage.

  For example, the switching room 4, which is a storage room, is a room (storage) in which the temperature in the storage room can be selected from a plurality of stages from a freezing temperature zone (-17 ° C or lower) to a vegetable room temperature zone (3 to 10 ° C). The operation and selection of the temperature in the storage room is performed by operating the operation panel 60 installed in either the refrigerator compartment door left 7A or the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator 1.

  A switching room thermistor 19 (refer to FIG. 3), which is a first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature in the switching room 4, is installed on, for example, the inner wall surface of the switching room 4. A thermopile, which is a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the storage material put into the switching room 4 which is a storage room, is provided on a top surface (a central portion, a front portion, or a rear surface portion). 22 (see FIG. 3 or an infrared sensor). A switching chamber damper 15 which is an air volume adjusting device capable of controlling the air volume and blocking the air channel to prevent the inflow of the cool air is provided in an air passage for sending cool air from the cooler room 131 to the switching room 4. The switching chamber damper 15 is opened and closed according to the temperature detected by the switching chamber thermistor 19 (or the temperature detected by the thermopile 22) as the temperature detecting means, so that the temperature of the switching chamber 4 is adjusted to the selected temperature zone. And is controlled by the control device 30 so as to fall within a set temperature range. Further, the temperature of the food, which is stored in the switching chamber 4, is directly detected by the thermopile 22, which is the second temperature detecting means. Here, although the example in which the machine room 1A is provided at the lowermost part of the back of the refrigerator 1 is shown, it may be provided at the upper part of the back (for example, the uppermost part of the back).

(Mist supply device)
Electrostatic atomization, which is a mist device that supplies a mist for disinfecting and humidifying the storage room, is provided on a partition wall 51 (rear wall, heat insulating wall) on the back side (rear side) of the storage room, for example, the refrigerator compartment 2. An apparatus 200 is provided. In the electrostatic atomizer 200, a cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) for collecting moisture in the air in the storage room as dew water is insulated from the inside of the refrigerator room 2 as the storage room to the back side of the refrigerator room 2. The partition wall 51 on the back side or the cooler room wall forming the front wall of the cooler room 131 in which the cooler 13 and the cool air circulating fan 14 are disposed are provided so as to contact with or penetrate therethrough. The partition wall 51 may be the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms. This cooling member (for example, a cooling plate) stores the cold air in the cold room air passages 50 and 760 which are the cold air passages provided on the back side, the side surface, and the upper and lower sides of the partition wall 51 or the partition wall 51. Utilizing cold air in a low-temperature storage room (for example, a freezing room, an ice-making room, a switching room, or the like, which is lower in temperature than the storage room) provided on the opposite side of the room (for example, a refrigerator room or a vegetable room). It is provided to be cooled. Here, the electrostatic atomizer 200 will be described, but another sterilizer, a sterilizer, a humidifier, or the like may be used as long as it can sterilize, sterilize, or humidify the storage chamber.

(display)
FIG. 3 is a block diagram of control device 30 of refrigerator 1 representing the first embodiment of the present invention. The control device 30 is equipped with a microcomputer 30a (microcomputer), and controls the temperature of each storage room of the refrigerator 1, the rotation speed of the compressor 12 and the fan 14 for circulating cool air, the switching room damper by a program stored in advance. 15. Control of opening and closing of the refrigerator compartment damper 55, control of voltage application to the mist device (electrostatic atomizing device) 200, and the like. The operation panel 60 includes, for example, the following switches.
(1) A room selection switch 60a for selecting a storage room such as a refrigerator room, a freezer room, and a switching room;
(2) A temperature zone changeover switch 60b for switching a temperature zone (refrigeration, freezing, chilling, soft freezing, etc.) of a storage room such as a switching room, and for switching quenching, strong / medium / weak, etc .;
(3) Instantaneous freezing switch 60c that freezes and preserves the storage chamber through a supercooled state (flash freezing is also referred to as supercooled freezing);
(4) With regard to ice making, an ice making switch 60d for selecting transparent ice, normal, rapid, stop, etc .;
(5) A mist spray switch 60e (electrostatic spray selection) for energizing the mist device 200 to supply mist (electrostatic spray) into the storage chamber.
(6) Internet connection switch (not shown) that connects to the Internet by wire or wirelessly
(7) A browsing switch (not shown) for browsing information of a server such as a cloud server or a mobile terminal connected to the refrigerator by wire or wirelessly, contents of an instruction from the server or the mobile terminal, or transmission information transmitted to the server or the mobile terminal. )
(8) Charge switch (not shown) for charging mobile phones, mobile terminals, personal computers, etc.

  Here, a temperature detection sensor that detects the temperature in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4) will be described. In the present embodiment, as a temperature detection sensor for detecting the temperature in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4), the switching room thermistor 19 as the first temperature detecting unit and the thermopile 22 as the second temperature detecting unit are used. Have. The detected temperature of the switching room thermistor 19, which is the first temperature detecting means for detecting the temperature of the air in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4), is input to the microcomputer 30a that constitutes the control device 30, and the microcomputer 30a (for example, The temperature is compared with a predetermined value by a temperature determining means in the microcomputer 30a, and the temperature is controlled so as to fall within a predetermined temperature range. Further, a detection signal of the thermopile 22, which is a second temperature detecting means for directly detecting the surface temperature of the food or the like in the storage room (for example, the switching room 4), is input to the microcomputer 30a, and the microcomputer 30a (for example, the microcomputer 30a). After the calculation and conversion into the surface temperature of food or the like, predetermined temperature control such as rapid freezing control or supercooling freezing control is performed. Further, the control device 30 performs various controls such as temperature control in each storage room (refrigeration room 2, ice making room 3, switching room 4, vegetable room 5, freezing room 6) and energization control of the electrostatic atomizer 200. The operation panel 60 (display panel), the server, or the portable terminal provided on one of the refrigerator compartment door left 7A and the refrigerator compartment door right 7B, the set temperature of each storage room, the food (surface) temperature, and the installation in each storage room The operation status of the electrostatic atomizer 200 is displayed.

(Refrigerator box structure)
FIG. 4 is a transverse sectional view of the refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention. The figure is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut on a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1. In FIG. 4, the same parts as those in FIGS.

  In FIG. 4, a heat insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 includes an outer box 710 and an inner box 750, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. . The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 and is directly attached to the outer box 710 via a second adhesive, which is a second intervening member such as hot melt or double-sided tape. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to a part of the inner box 750 (for example, a substantially central portion in the left-right direction of a wall surface forming the back surface of the inner box 750) with an adhesive, and substantially the back surface of the inner box 750. At the left and right ends (corner portions) near the side wall 790 except for the central portion, a convex portion 450 protruding to the front side from the back wall 730 is formed, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a predetermined length with the convex portion 450. Although they are arranged so as to overlap, a portion in which only the urethane is filled without providing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be present in the convex portion 450. An adhesive (a self-adhesive foam insulating material such as hard urethane may be used) that is a first intervening member is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 via an adhesive (for example, hard urethane) as a first intervening member. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is adhered, fixed, or fixed to the inner box 750 or the outer box 710 by the first interposition member and the second interposition member.

Here, when viewed from the front side (storage room side) of the refrigerator 1, the rear shape of the inner box 750 forms a concave groove-shaped concave portion 440 (also referred to as a first concave portion) having a substantially central portion depressed vertically. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 via an adhesive in the recess 440 formed in the substantially central portion. Further, when viewed from the front side (storage room side) of the refrigerator 1, the rear shape of the inner box 750 is such that the end portion side in the width direction (left-right direction) is closer to the front opening side than the substantially central portion in the width direction (left-right direction). (Toward the storage room). In other words, the rear shape of the inner box 750 has a concave portion 440 in which a substantially central portion in the left-right direction is concave toward the outer box side (rearward side of the refrigerator) as compared with the left and right end portions. 440 is provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator in the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2).
That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear wall 730, and the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the rear wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the rear wall 730. Between them, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, the plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. You may. The cool air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440 is provided on a first air passage component 762 which is a cover member having a design property, and on a rear side (the inner box 750 side) of the first air passage component 762, A second air path component 764 having heat insulating properties is provided, and is disposed in the concave portion 440. The first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 serving as the cover member has a mounting portion (engaging portion), and the mounting portion (engaging portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730. The cover member 762 is attached to the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 by, for example, being fitted into the portion, or engaging the attaching portions with each other by a fixing member such as a screw.

  In the convex portion 450 formed on the left and right end portions on the back side of the storage room, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged between the outer case 710 and the inner case 750 at the center in the width direction (range of the overlap length X). The space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is filled with an adhesive (a self-adhesive foam heat insulating material 701, for example, hard urethane) as a first intervening member. The space between the vacuum heat insulating members 400 is bonded with a second adhesive, which is a second interposed member. On the end side in the width direction of the convex portion 450, a heat insulating material 701 (for example, hard urethane) is filled between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and there is a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided. . Of course, in the convex portion 450, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased in the width direction to increase the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction, the heat insulation performance and the box strength may be improved, but the cost is increased. Therefore, if the heat insulation performance and the strength are equal to or more than predetermined values, a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided may be set.

  Here, in the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the outer box 710 via a second adhesive as a second interposed member, and the inner box 750 is joined to the first interposed member. Is attached via a self-adhesive and foaming adhesive such as urethane. (A space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is filled with, for example, a hard urethane foam as an adhesive.)

  Therefore, in a heat-insulating box or a refrigerator provided with a vacuum heat-insulating material, as in the related art (for example, Patent Document 2), a heat insulating material mainly for heat insulation such as urethane is provided at a portion where the vacuum heat-insulating material is disposed in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room. In this embodiment, as compared with the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly provided on the inner box 750 without providing the material 701, the heat insulating material such as urethane is vertically arranged on the left and right end sides (width direction end side). Since the convex portion 450 made of the material 701 is formed, the formation of the convex portion 450 improves the torsional strength and the bending strength of the box. In the configuration disclosed in Patent Document 2, there is no overlapping portion between the convex portion 450 and the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room. There is a possibility that the material 400 is cut off and the strength is reduced and the box body may be damaged. Here, the ears of the vacuum heat insulating material (only the outer wrapping material) do not have a heat insulating function because they do not have a core material, and are weak in strength. , Are excluded from the components of vacuum insulation.

  Here, as shown in the present embodiment, in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room, if the convex portion 450 is provided so as to at least partially overlap the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (to overlap by the overlap length X). The hard urethane foam filled in the convex portion 450 is also provided on a part between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 on the end side in the width direction (left-right direction) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since the filling is performed, the thickness of the hard urethane foam filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position facing the convex portion 450 and the inner box 750 is set to be equal to the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position facing the concave portion 440. Since the thickness of the rigid urethane foam to be filled in the inner box 750 can be made larger, the adhesion area of the rigid urethane foam to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased, and the hard urethane of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased. Because it can increase the thickness of the emission form the bonding strength between the rigid urethane foam and vacuum insulation material 400 in the convex portion 450 is increased.

  Therefore, even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 at the concave portion 440 is reduced, the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 and the side wall 790 (or the convex portion) are provided. The joining strength with the peripheral wall (where the 450 is provided) can be greatly improved, and the strength of the box is greatly improved. Further, since the thickness of the rigid urethane foam can be increased in the convex portion 450, the heat insulating performance is improved even if there is a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided.

  Further, in the embodiment of the present invention, it is not necessary to form the vacuum heat insulating material, the inner box, and the outer box into a complicated shape in order to secure the strength of the box as in the conventional patent document 2. Inexpensive, heat-insulating boxes with low cost, simple structure, and high heat-insulating performance because organic and inorganic fiber cores (such as cotton-like cores and nonwoven fabric cores) can be used as the core material. , A refrigerator, a showcase, a water heater, a device equipped with a vacuum heat insulating material, and the like can be obtained.

  Therefore, for example, the back surface of the box is deformed to form irregularities in the storage room, or the box is deformed, for example, and a storage room door (for example, refrigeration room) provided on the front surface of the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2) Since the room door 7) is not tilted, and in the case of a double door, for example, one of the left and right doors (7A, 7B) is not tilted to cause a displacement, so that the storage room door can be smoothly opened and closed. Also, since the left and right storage compartment doors are not displaced, the appearance (design) is good. In addition, when the box is deformed, the doors provided on the inner walls and left and right side walls of the storage room (for example, the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, the freezing room 6, etc.) and the rail members for the drawer case are formed. Since the mounting height does not differ between left and right or tilt, the case can be smoothly taken in and out, and a refrigerator and equipment with high reliability and high usability can be obtained.

  When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is flat, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is easily bent in the left-right direction (width direction) or the front-rear direction when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is mounted on the rear surface of the refrigerator 1, and is easily twisted. Also in this regard, when mounted on a device such as a refrigerator, a convex portion 450 provided with a heat insulating material such as urethane is formed vertically on the left and right end portions of the back surface, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed inside the convex portion 450. When formed integrally with the urethane to be filled in, the inner box 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the outer box 710 are integrally bonded by the convex portion 450, so that the bending strength of the box body 700 (particularly the bending strength in the front-rear direction). ) And torsional strength can be improved. Therefore, since the opening of the storage room whose front surface is open can be suppressed from being bent and deformed, and the occurrence of cold air leakage due to the displacement of the sealing member of the opening, etc., high reliability and high performance can be achieved. It is possible to obtain equipment with an energy-saving heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and vacuum heat-insulating material.

  Further, between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a portion (convex portion 450) for providing a foam heat insulating material such as urethane mainly for heat insulation and an adhesive not mainly for heat insulation (for example, mainly for heat insulation). Since the main purpose of the bonding is not intended, it is sufficient to have self-adhesive property, and urethane or the like may be used. The provided portion (concave portion 440) does not require a predetermined thickness as a heat insulating material for obtaining heat insulating performance, and has a predetermined adhesive strength, as compared with a portion provided with a heat insulating material such as urethane mainly for heat insulation. Since it is sufficient to have the adhesive, the portion used for the main purpose of bonding (for example, the concave portion 440) can be made to have a considerably small thickness of the adhesive. The main purpose is insulation It can significantly reduce the thickness of the urethane against sites used. Accordingly, the wall thickness can be reduced by the difference in the thickness of the adhesive, so that the internal volume of the storage room can be increased, and a convenient refrigerator and equipment can be obtained.

  Here, a pipe 720 which is a lead wire housing member for housing lead wires such as control power lines and drive power lines such as a compressor and a fan extends vertically in a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane forming the convex portion 450. It is buried and provided. In the pipe 720, control wiring for performing opening / closing control of various dampers, operation control of the compressor 12, the cool air circulation fan 14, and the like, and a power line for supplying power to the compressor 12, the cool air circulation fan 14, and the like. Are stored. Lead wires such as control wires and power lines pass through the inside of the pipe 720 and are connected to the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A provided at the lower part (or upper part) of the refrigerator 1 and to the rear, bottom and top surfaces of the refrigerator 1. A control device (such as a control board) 30 to be provided, a cool air circulation fan 14 provided in a cooler room 131 and the like, a switching room damper 15 provided in a cool air passage, a refrigerating room damper 55, and a storage room (for example, a refrigerating room) 2) is connected to an operation panel 60 provided on an opening / closing door (for example, a refrigerator compartment door 7) provided so as to cover the front surface.

  The width in the left-right direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 is smaller than the width between the storage room interior walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, and the left-right end of the back surface of the refrigerator 1. So that the filling ports 703 and 704 of a heat insulating material such as urethane provided in a plurality of holes are not blocked, and the filling flow paths of the heat insulating material such as urethane filled from the filling ports 703 and 704 are not blocked. ing.

  Here, the width in the left-right direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back surface of the refrigerator 1 is the width between the storage room inner walls of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 (between the storage room inner wall left 791 and the storage room inner wall right 792) ( If the distance is equal to or smaller than this, the filling port or filling channel of the insulating material such as urethane will not be blocked, so the urethane insulating material will be filled without interruption, and the insulation performance will not decrease. Although it is good, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is equal to the arrangement position of the filling ports 703, 704 of the heat insulating material such as urethane provided at the left and right end portions on the back side of the refrigerator 1 or is closer to the center side (inward direction) than the filling ports 703, 704. ), The filling ports 703 and 704 of the urethane heat insulating material are not closed by the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that urethane or the like to be filled from the filling ports 703 and 704. The heat material does not obstruct the flow (filling) in the side wall 790, the convex portion 450, or the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Does not drop.

  Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 protrudes outward in the width direction from the inner wall of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1 to block at least a part of the filling holes 703 and 704 of the urethane heat insulating material, the filling hole of the heat insulating material such as urethane. Urethane filled from 703 and 704 may be impeded or obstructed by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 from flowing inside the side wall 790, inside the convex portion 450, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. In addition, there is a possibility that poor filling of a heat insulating material such as urethane may occur on a side wall or the like, and heat insulating performance may be reduced.

  Accordingly, the left side (one side) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed left and right so as not to protrude outside the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as urethane provided at the left and right end portions on the rear side of the refrigerator 1. The heat insulating material such as urethane to be filled from the filling ports 703 and 704 by being disposed within the area inside the port 703 and the filling port 704 on the right side (the other side) allows the heat insulating material inside the heat insulating box (between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, For example, the inside of the side wall 790, the inside of the convex portion 450, the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, etc. are not hindered or hindered. It is possible to obtain a high-performance heat-insulating box or refrigerator in which the heat-insulating performance does not decrease.

  Here, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 protrudes outside the filling ports 703 and 704 of heat insulating material such as urethane provided at the left and right ends on the back side of the refrigerator 1 (the width direction end position of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is In the case where the filling ports 703 and 704 for urethane or the like provided at the left and right ends on the back side of the refrigerator 1 are arranged to positions outside the disposing positions, the filling ports 703 and 704 are closed with the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since there is a possibility that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not block at least a part of the filling ports 703 and 704, a notch such as a notch or an opening is formed in a portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 facing the filling ports 703 and 704. 33 may be provided. In this way, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased, so that the heat insulating performance can be improved.

  In the present embodiment, a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is filled between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the convex portion (or between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) or a separate part (urethane) is formed. The strength of the heat-insulating box 700 is improved by arranging a heat-insulating material other than the heat-insulating material). Between the heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, near the end of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction, or near the convex portion 450, for example, outside the convex portion 450 (for example, inside the inner box 750 or outside the inner box 750). ) May be provided with a reinforcing member.

  The reinforcing member may be made of a material having a low thermal conductivity (for example, a resin member made of resin) so that the influence on the deterioration of the heat insulating performance is reduced. However, if the periphery of the reinforcing member is covered with a heat insulating material, metal Even if the member is made of aluminum (aluminum or aluminum alloy, etc.), the heat insulation performance can be prevented from being impaired, and the shape may be a bar (a round bar, a square bar, etc.) or a pipe. Further, the inner box 750 may be provided with ribs or the like, as long as the box strength such as the torsional strength and the bending strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved. Here, it is also possible to substitute the pipe 720 and the refrigerant pipe 725 for accommodating lead wires such as control wires and power lines as a reinforcing member. If the pipe 720 and the refrigerant pipe 725 are substituted for the reinforcing member, additional reinforcement is required. Therefore, the cost of the heat insulating box can be reduced because no additional parts are required, and the strength of the heat insulating box can be improved because the heat insulating box can be reinforced. Further, the reinforcing member can be arranged in the convex portion 450 or in the space between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and the design is improved because the reinforcing member is not directly visible to the user. Therefore, an insulated box, refrigerator, and equipment that are low in cost, highly reliable, and excellent in design can be obtained.

(Use the recess as a cool air path (Part 1))
A concave portion 440, which is a portion where the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are directly adhered via an adhesive (or a self-adhesive foam heat insulating material), is a peripheral wall formed around the concave portion 440. (For example, the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, or the partition wall 24), the concave portion may be used as the cool air passage 760 because the concave portion is concave with respect to the convex portion 450 provided at the corner. (Here, for example, when the storage room is the cold room 2, the cold air passage 760 corresponds to the cold room air passage 50. When the storage room is the switching room 4, the cold air passage 760 is (When the storage room is the vegetable room 5 and the storage room is the vegetable room 5, the cool air passage 760 is equivalent to the vegetable room cool air passage.)

  When the recess 440 is used as the cool air passage 760, the air passage cover is arranged such that the opening of the second air passage component 764 having the U-shaped (or concave) opening is open to the storage room side. Is arranged by covering the U-shaped opening of the second air path component 764 and closing the opening of the second air path component 764 with the first air path component 762. A closed air passage 760 can be formed. Both the first air path component 762 and the second air path component 764 are made of, for example, a heat insulating member such as styrene foam or resin, but the second air path component 764 disposed in the concave portion 440 is a rear air path rear member. 765, a side surface side air path side member 766.

  An inner box 750 forming a concave portion 440 is disposed on the back side of the member on the back side of the second air path component 764 (the air path back member 765). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided via an adhesive with the inner box 750 forming the back wall 730, and is provided on the side surface of the member on the side surface of the second air path component 764 (the air path side member 766). Is provided with a convex portion 450 formed by an inner box 750, and a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is provided in the convex portion 450. Therefore, the air path back surface member 765 and the air path side member 766 that constitute the second air path component 764 can secure the heat insulating performance without having the heat insulating property. That is, the heat insulating performance is secured on the back side of the cool air passage 760 by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 arranged in the back wall 730, and the heat insulating performance by the heat insulating material 701 in the convex portion 450 is secured on the side surface of the cool air passage 760. Since it is ensured, the air path back member 765 and the air path side member 766 constituting the second air path component 764 may be a heat insulating material such as styrene foam, but are made of resin or metal having no heat insulating performance. The heat insulating performance of the cool air passage 760 can be ensured even with the above member. Therefore, the member forming the second air path component 764 may be a heat insulating material such as styrene foam having heat insulating property. Adhesion of dew or the like to a component or the like forming the path 760 or dew formation due to generation of dew can be suppressed.

  Further, the first air path component 762 is made of, for example, a heat insulating member having thermal insulation such as styrene foam or a resin, and suppresses dew adhesion so that dew does not adhere to or occur on the storage room side. I have. In the drawing, the first air path component 762 has a protrusion (extending portion) having a width larger than the width in the left and right direction of the concave portion 440 or the width in the left and right direction of the U-shaped opening of the second air path component 764. A portion 763 is provided, and the opening or recess 440 of the second air path component 764 is closed in a substantially closed state by the projecting portion (extending portion) 763 to form the cool air passage 760 and the projecting portion. The first air path component 762 can be detachably fixed to the projection 450 or the second air path component 764 using the (extending portion) 763. Here, the first air path component 762 only needs to be able to close the opening of the second air path component 764 to secure the cool air path, so that it is sufficient that only the opening of the second air path component can be closed. It is not necessary to close the opening, but if the opening of the concave portion 440 is closed, the attachment of the first air path component 762 is improved, and the design is also improved.

  Here, a cool air path component (for example, the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764) that forms the cool air path 760 can be used as a reinforcing member for improving the strength of the box. When it is considered that the box strength or the box rigidity (for example, the torsional strength or the bending strength) is weak, the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 is used as a reinforcing member, and the box strength ( Box rigidity) may be increased. When the first air path component or the second air path component 764 is made of a resin, the first air path component or the second air path component 764 may have a predetermined thickness enough to obtain box strength. Alternatively, a metal having a small heat conductivity (for example, a metal having a small heat conductivity and good heat insulation performance is better than copper or aluminum) may be used. Further, the torsional strength and the bending strength may be improved by providing ribs in the width direction or the up and down direction on the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764. If the strength or rigidity of the heat insulating box 700 is not a problem, the second air path component 764 is omitted and the recess 440 is directly used as the back wall and the side wall of the cool air path 760, and the opening of the recess 440 is opened. It is also possible to provide the first air path component 762 so as to cover the air passage.

  When the recess 440 is directly used as the back wall and the side wall of the cool air passage 760, it is not necessary to provide the second air passage component 764, so that the heat-insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 having a simple structure and low cost can be provided. can get. In this case, the first air path component 762 may be provided so as to cover the concave portion 440, and the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 of the first air path component 762 may be detachably fixed to the convex portion 450. By directly fixing the (extending portion) 763 to the convex portion 450, the strength of the box body is also improved. By using the first air path component 762 as a cover that covers the concave section 440, the concave section 440 can be used as a cool air path 760. Here, the thickness of the first air path component 762 may be increased, or the first air path component 762 may be provided with ribs to increase rigidity and be used as a reinforcing member, thereby improving the strength of the heat insulating box.

  The cool air passage 760 is provided with one or more cool air supply ports (cool air outlets) 768 for supplying cool air into a storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2 or the vegetable room 5). One or more (at least one) cool air supply ports (cool air outlets) 768 are provided in the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 so that the storage chamber can be efficiently cooled. Are located. The cool air supply port 768 is a side outlet that blows out to the side in the storage chamber, a front outlet that blows out forward, or a side front oblique outlet that can blow out in a diagonal direction of side and front, or an upper side and a front side. Upper front oblique outlet that can blow in the oblique direction, or lower front oblique outlet that can blow in the lower and front oblique directions, or side upper oblique outlet that can blow in the side and upper oblique directions, or An oblique lower outlet on the side is provided that can be blown obliquely in the lateral and lower directions.

  In the present embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 and the back surface of the refrigerator 1 is described, but the side wall 790, the top wall 740, and the bottom wall 780 of the heat insulating box 700 are described. Alternatively, it may be provided on the side surface, the top surface, or the bottom surface of the refrigerator 1. Further, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided on a storage room door (for example, the refrigerator room door 7 or the freezer room door 11) covering the front opening of the storage room, and in this case, the heat insulation performance can be further improved.

  In FIG. 4, a cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 is provided on a side surface (a side surface of the first air path component 762 as a front cover) in the cool air passage 760. The cold air supply port 768 has a protruding portion (extending portion) 763 of the first air path component 762 provided on an end surface 451 on the front side of the convex portion 450. Here, when the cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 is provided in the air path side member 766 of the second air path component 764, the size of the opening of the cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 is determined. Since the cool air passage 760 protrudes toward the front side of the refrigerator 1 beyond the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450 by a distance, the front surface of the convex portion 450 is opposed to the front end surface 769 of the first air path component 762 which is a cover. The side end surface 451 is recessed on the back side (rear side), and a recessed portion (a space between the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 and the side wall 790) 770 recessed on the back side can be effectively used as a storage space.

  In the present embodiment, the front end surface 769 of the first air path component 762 as the cover is provided so as to protrude more toward the storage room than the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450, so that the difference in height ( A step portion 775) occurs. The cold air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 can be provided by using the step 775, and the side of the step 775 (the side of the cool air supply port 768) and the side wall 790 can be provided by providing the step 775. A storage space for storing foods and the like can be provided in the space 770 between the first air path component 762 and the first air path component 762. By providing the extension 763, a step portion 775 can be formed. By providing a cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 in the 775, it is possible to efficiently cool a stored product such as food stored or stored in the storage space which is the space 770 on the side of the step portion 775.

(Use the recess as a cool air path (Part 2))
In the above description, an example is described in which the concave portion 440 is used as the cool air passage 760 and the cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 is provided in the step portion 775. .

  FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut along a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of refrigerator 1. In FIG. 5, the same parts as those in FIGS. 1 to 4 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted.

In FIG. 5, the concave portion 440 is used as a cool air passage 760 as in FIG.
That is, the concave portion 440 is formed by the side surface 452 of the convex portion 450 and the rear wall 730, and the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the rear wall 730 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the rear wall 730. Between them, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, the plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. You may. The cool air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440 is provided on a first air passage component 762 which is a cover member having a design property, and on a rear side (the inner box 750 side) of the first air passage component 762, A second air path component 764 having heat insulating properties is provided, and is disposed in the concave portion 440. The first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 serving as the cover member has a mounting portion (engaging portion), and the mounting portion (engaging portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730. ) Is attached to the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 by fitting the mounting portions to each other with a fixing member such as a screw, or engaging the mounting portions with each other.
The cool air passage 760 is a cover provided so as to cover the storage chamber side opening of the second air path component 764 or the storage chamber side opening of the recess 440 that is at least partially or entirely housed in the recess 440. The first air path component 762 is composed of the first air path component 762 and the concave portion 440 or the second air path component 764, and the first air path component 762 is the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450 or the air path side surface of the second air path component 764. It is fixed or held by a member 766. In the present embodiment, since the size of the step portion 775 formed by the extension portion 763 of the first air path component 762 is small, the step portion on the side surface formed by the extension portion 763 of the first air path component 762 is small. Since it is difficult to provide the cool air supply port 768 in the 775, the cool air supply port (cool air outlet) 768 is provided only on the front side of the first air path component 762. However, since the thickness of the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 of the first air path component 762 can be reduced, the size of the step portion 775 can be reduced. Therefore, the length in the depth direction in the storage room can be increased by the amount of the reduced step portion 775, and the storage volume in the storage room can be increased.

  Here, the shape of the first air path component 762, which is a cover, may be a plate shape as shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, but may be a curved surface projecting toward the storage room (for example, an arc shape or an arch shape). May be. When the first air path component 762 has a curved surface, the opening direction of the cool air supply port 768 can be provided not only in the front direction in the storage chamber but also in the oblique direction by providing the cool air supply port 768 in the curved surface portion. Since the degree of freedom in the position of the storage space is improved, it is possible to cool the storage chamber uniformly.

  After the second air path component 764 is fixed or held in the concave portion 440, the first air path component 762 may be fixed or held in the front end surface 451 of the convex portion 450 or the second air path component 764. The assembly of the first air path component 762 and the second air path component 764 is housed or arranged in the concave portion 440 in a state where the air path component 764 is fixed or held in advance to the first air path component 762 and integrally formed. Then, the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 of the first air path component 762 may be fixed or held on the protruding portion 450 (for example, the front end surface 451). In this way, the second air path component 764 can be attached to the convex portion 450 in the storage chamber in a state where the second air path component 764 is fixed or held by the first air path component 762 to form the cool air path 760. (The first air path component 762 and the second air path component 764 can form an assembly of the cool air path 760), so that the cold air path can be detachably attached. The 760 assembly can be easily mounted in the storage compartment (eg, the protrusion 450).

  The inner box 750 is provided in the concave portion 440 in which the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foam heat insulating material) serving as a first intervening member whose main purpose is adhesive is interposed between the vacuum insulating material 400 and the vacuum insulating material 400. Since the thickness of the adhesive (which may be a self-adhesive foam heat insulating material) serving as the first intervening member between the first air path member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small, the cold air path 760 (first air path component) Alternatively, when the second air path component 764 or an assembly of the first air path component and the second air path component) is attached to the concave portion 440, there is a possibility that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be damaged by screws for fixing. However, in the present embodiment, since the cool air passage 760 is attached to the convex portion 450, the cool air passage 760 does not need to be attached to the concave portion 440 or the inner box 750 at a position facing the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Also good Because, reduced and less heat-insulating main body degradation of high heat insulating performance eliminates reliability hurt like outer cover material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, refrigerators, appliance is obtained.

  Here, as the cool air passage 760, if the first air passage component 762 is attached to the convex portion 450 so as to cover the concave portion 440, the cool air passage 760 can be formed without providing the second air passage component 764. Therefore, a reliable heat-insulating box or refrigerator having a small number of parts, low cost, easy assembly, and high reliability can be obtained.

(Use the recess as a cool air path (part 3))
FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator that represents the first embodiment of the present invention, and is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut along a plane perpendicular to the up-down direction of refrigerator 1. In FIG. 6, the same parts as those in FIGS.

  In FIG. 6, a concave portion 440 is formed by a side surface 452 of a convex portion 450 and a rear wall 730, and an inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the rear wall 730 and an outer surface forming the outer surface of the rear wall 730. Between the box 710, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Although not shown, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided between an inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the side wall 790 and an outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. I have. The cool air passage 760 provided in the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440 is provided on a first air passage component 762 which is a cover member having a design property, and on the back side (the inner box 750 side) of the first air passage component 762, And a second air path component 764 having heat insulation properties, and is disposed in the concave portion 440. The first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764, which is the cover member, has a mounting portion (engaging portion), and is fitted or attached to a mounting portion (engaging portion) provided on the back wall. The attachment portions are attached to the rear wall 730 by fixing members such as screws. In the figure, a space 770 is provided between a side (side) 766 of the cool air passage 760 and a side (side) 452 of the projection 450, and this space 770 can be used as a storage space, so that a storage room is provided. It is possible to increase the storage volume of the storage items in (for example, the refrigerator compartment 2).

  In FIG. 6, the second air path component 764 constituting the cool air path 760 has a U-shaped cross section with an opening in the flow direction of the cool air (for example, the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1). It is installed in the storage room of the refrigerator 1 so that a character-shaped opening may face the back side of the refrigerator 1 (it is arrange | positioned in the recessed part 440 of the storage room back surface). The first air path component 762 is fixed to the convex portion 450 in a state where the first air path component 762 is pressed by the first air path component 762 such that the U-shaped opening of the second air path component 764 comes into contact with the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440. Alternatively, by holding, a cool air passage 760 is configured by the second air passage component 764 and the inner box 750. Here, when the first air path component 762 is made of a member having a heat insulating function (for example, styrene or a porous member), the second air path component 764 becomes unnecessary, and thus the first air path component is used. The cold air path 760 can be constituted by the inner box 762 and the inner box, and a low-cost refrigerator and equipment can be obtained. Here, the second air path component 764 has a U-shaped opening in cross section with respect to the flow direction of the cool air. However, the second air path component 764 does not have to be U-shaped separately. It is sufficient that the cross-sectional shape with respect to the flow direction is square or elliptical and a cold air passage can be formed inside. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cold air passage may be square or elliptical. The cold air path is more efficient if it has a circular or elliptical shape and the flow resistance is smaller, and the elliptical shape that is narrower in the width direction than the circular shape can be made shorter in the depth direction. The volume can be reduced and the storage volume can be increased.

  Here, the cold air path 760 may be formed by fixing or holding the first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 directly to the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440, as shown in FIG. The first air path component 762 is provided with a protruding portion (extending portion) 763, and the protruding portion 763 extends longer than in FIG. 4 so that the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 extends over the space 770. You may make it fix to the convex part 450. In this case, the storage capacity of the space 770 may be reduced by the projection 763 depending on the place where the projection (extending portion) 763 is fixed, so the top wall 740 or the bottom wall provided above and below the cool air passage 760 The protrusion (extending portion) 763 is extended to the vicinity of the partition wall 24 or the shelf 80 for partitioning the storage room 780 or between the storage rooms, and is fixed to or held by the projection 450 so as to accommodate the storage volume. (A situation where a tall stored object hits the protruding portion (extending portion) 763 and cannot be stored) can be suppressed.

  Here, the components (first air path components or second air path components) forming the cool air passage 760 partition the vicinity of the top wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 provided above and below the cool air passage 760 or between the storage rooms. You may make it fix or hold directly near the partition wall 24 or the side wall 790. (For example, when the protrusion 763 is provided substantially at the center in the vertical direction of the space 770 or below the center, when storing a tall storage item in the space 770, the storage item hits the protrusion 763 and cannot be stored. Since there is a possibility that it is provided in a place that is hardly obstructed, such as near the top wall 740 (or near the bottom wall 780 or near the partition wall 24 separating the storage rooms), it is possible to store the stored items in the space 770. Also, the protrusion 763 is hardly obstructed, and the storage volume can be increased.)

  In addition, a first air path component 762 that is a cover that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber forms an air path 760 or at least partially covers the cold air path 760, A back cover portion extending in the width direction (left or right direction or side wall 790 direction) from the air passage cover portion and covering at least a part of the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440, and connected to the back cover portion or integrally formed with the back cover portion. And a side cover that covers at least a part of the side wall 790. Then, the rear cover may be attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding. Alternatively, the side cover portion may be attached to the side wall 790 or the inner box 750 forming the projection 450 by fixing or holding the side cover portion. By doing so, the first air path component 762, which is a cover, can cover at least a part of the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the protrusion 450, so that the design is improved and the assemblability is improved.

  In addition, a first air path component 762 that is a cover that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber forms an air path 760 or at least partially covers the cold air path 760, A back cover portion extending in the width direction (left / right direction or side wall 790 direction) from the air passage cover portion and covering at least a part of the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440; and connected to the air passage cover portion or formed integrally with the air passage cover portion. And upper and lower wall covers that cover at least a part of the partition wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the back wall 730. Then, the rear cover may be attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall cover portions may be fixed or held to the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730. . In this way, the first air path component 762 as a cover can cover at least a part of the rear wall 730, the partition wall 24, the ceiling wall 730, and the bottom wall 780, so that the design is improved and the assembling property is improved. Also improve.

  The cool air passage 760 or a component forming the cool air passage 760 (a first air passage component, a second air passage component, or the like) stores cold air generated by the cooler 13 and flowing through the cool air passage 760 or the like. One or more cool air supply ports 768 are provided on the side or front surface of the cool air passage 760 for supplying into a room (for example, the refrigerator room 2, the vegetable room 5, the freezer room 6, etc.). Is provided at a position where it is possible to effectively cool the storage items such as food in the storage room and the storage items. The vertical height position of the cold air supply port on the side and the cold air supply port on the front side may be the same position.However, if the height position is shifted, cooling from different heights can be performed. And storage can be cooled efficiently. The cold air supply ports 768 provided on the left and right side surfaces (the right side surface and the left side surface) may have the same height position. However, displacing the height positions allows cooling from different height positions. In addition, it is possible to uniformly and efficiently cool stored items and stored items such as food.

  The width dimension of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the installation position in the heat insulating box or the refrigerator are the same as those in FIGS. That is, the width in the left-right direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the back wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 is smaller than, for example, the width between the storage room inner walls 791 and 792 of the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1, So that the filling flow path of the heat insulating material such as urethane to be filled from the filling ports 703 and 704 of the urethane heat insulating material provided in the first embodiment is not blocked.

  Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not protrude outside the filling ports 703 and 704 of the heat insulating material such as urethane provided on the left and right end sides of the rear surface of the refrigerator 1 (for example, the openings of the filling ports 703 and 704 are closed). A heat insulating material such as urethane flowing into the heat insulating box (for example, the side wall 790) from the position where there is no blockage or the opening of the filling port 703 or 704 flows into the side wall 790 or the rear wall 730 or the like. It is sufficient if they are arranged at a position where they do not slip. For example, filling is performed by arranging in a position closer to the center (inside) in the width direction than the left and right filling ports (the left filling port 703 and the right filling port 704), and in a position where the filling ports 703 and 704 do not overlap in the vertical direction. A heat insulating material such as urethane filled into the heat insulating box body (the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, for example, the inside of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730) through the ports 703 and 704 is provided. Does not hinder or obstruct the filling of the space 315) between the outer box 710 and the outer box 710, so that there is no shortage of filling or insufficient density of the heat insulating material, and a high-performance heat insulating box or refrigerator that does not lower the heat insulating performance is provided. can get.

  Here, the concave portion 440 which is a directly bonded portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are directly bonded via an adhesive mainly intended for bonding (or a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material) may be used. For example, a stepped portion 776 is provided by a height of the protrusion 450 with respect to a reinforcing member intervening portion (for example, the protrusion 450) filled with a reinforcing member such as hard urethane. On the other hand, it is concave in the depth direction (rear side). Conversely, the convex portion 450 as the reinforcing member interposed portion projects forward in the depth direction with respect to the concave portion 440 as the directly bonded portion by the amount of the step portion 776. Further, the concave portion 440, which is a direct bonding portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are directly bonded via an adhesive such as a self-adhesive foam heat insulating material, has a height (thickness) of the cool air passage 760. The recess 440 is recessed in the depth direction (rearward side) with respect to the front end 769 of the cool air passage 760. Conversely, the front end face 769 of the cool air passage 760 protrudes forward in the depth direction with respect to the directly bonded portion by the amount of the step.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, an insulating box, a refrigerator, a cool box, or a showcase formed of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 and provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. In such a device, a vacuum bonding material 400 provided in a rear wall 730 in a room (for example, a storage room) is directly bonded to an inner box 750 with an adhesive such as a foaming heat insulating material having self-adhesiveness. In the figure, a concave portion 440) and a reinforcing member interposed portion (a convex portion 450 in the figure) in which a heat insulating material 751 such as urethane as a reinforcing member for improving the strength of the box is interposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. And Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 are directly attached with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided adhesive tape. The second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape can be applied or pasted to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side or the outer box 710 side in advance, so that the thickness of the adhesive can be reduced. It is preferable to use a self-adhesive foam insulating material between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 because there is a possibility that the heat insulating material will stick or unevenness.

  Further, in the present embodiment, for example, the reinforcing member intervening portion (for example, convex portion 450) and the direct bonding portion (for example, concave portion 440) are provided in the width direction at the same height position in the storage room, and the width in the storage room is provided. And a direct bonding portion (for example, a concave portion) provided between the left and right reinforcing member intervening portions so as to be sandwiched between the left and right reinforcing member intervening portions. 440), a convex part 450 (reinforcement member interposition part) is formed in the left-right direction on the back of the storage room, and a concave part 440 (direct bonding part) is formed between the convex parts 450. Here, it is preferable that the concave portion 440 and the convex portion 450 be provided over substantially the entire vertical range in the storage chamber from the viewpoint of securing the strength of the box or securing the cool air passage.

  As described above, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer case 710 are directly contacted or contacted with each other via the second adhesive at the position facing the concave portion 440, the outer case 710 and the vacuum heat insulator 400 No heat insulating material is required between them, and the storage chamber volume can be increased as compared with the case where a heat insulating material is interposed. Further, at the directly bonded portion (for example, the concave portion 440), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are contacted or brought into contact with each other via an adhesive foam adhesive. In the present embodiment, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with heat insulation performance and strength at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (for example, the concave portion 440), the space between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Does not require a heat insulating material mainly for heat insulation, and can reduce the wall thickness as compared with a case where a heat insulating material is interposed mainly for heat insulation, so that the storage chamber volume can be increased. Here, when fluidity is required as the adhesive, the adhesive may be bonded by flowing into the space 315 in a two-phase state using a hard urethane foam having self-adhesiveness and then foaming.

  In the present embodiment, since the concave portion 440 can be used as the cool air passage 760 for blowing cool air for cooling the storage room, the concave portion 440 on the back surface of the storage room, which is hard to reach by the user, can be effectively used. The storage volume in the storage room can be used efficiently. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a predetermined strength (bending strength or bending strength) is used, and the convex portion 450 is vertically moved within the storage chamber by a predetermined width (preferably to the extent that torsional strength or bending strength can be secured). If the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 are provided in a continuous manner, the required strength of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and the torsional strength and the bending strength in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction can be ensured. And refrigerator 1 are obtained. If the required strength of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 can be obtained, and if the torsional strength and the bending strength in the front-rear direction and the left-right direction can be secured, the protrusion 450 need not be provided continuously in the up-down direction, Alternatively, a plurality of portions may be provided intermittently.

  In the present embodiment, the convex portion 450 made of a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is formed on the left and right end portions (width end portion side) of the back surface of the storage chamber in the vertical direction. By forming the portion 450, the torsional strength and the bending strength of the box 700 and the refrigerator 1 are improved. Therefore, the container 700 or the refrigerator 1 is deformed, and the storage room door (for example, a rotary (hinge type) refrigerator room door 7) provided in front of the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2) is inclined, or, for example, a double door. In this case, since one of the left and right doors (7A, 7B) does not tilt and cause displacement, the storage room door can be opened and closed smoothly. Also, since the left and right storage compartment doors do not shift, the appearance is good. In the case of a drawer-type door, the box 700 is provided on the inner walls (left and right side walls) 791 and 792 of the storage room (for example, the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, the freezing room 6, etc.) by deformation. Since the mounting height of the rail for the drawer case does not differ between left and right and does not tilt, the case can be smoothly taken in and out.

Here, in the present embodiment, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the heat insulating material such as urethane forming the convex portion 450 need a predetermined strength, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more and the convex portion 450. As the heat insulating material such as urethane, which has a flexural modulus of 13.0 MPa or more (preferably 15 MPa or more) and a density of more than 60 kg / m ³ (preferably 62 kg / m ³ or more), is used. In the past, it was necessary to increase both the box elasticity and the heat insulating performance with a heat insulating material such as urethane. If the bending elastic modulus is to be increased as a characteristic of urethane, the density increases, and as the density increases, the heat insulating performance decreases. Therefore, in the case of urethane, it is difficult to increase the flexural modulus to about 10 MPa or more in order to obtain a predetermined heat insulating performance. Therefore, the thickness of the urethane cannot be made thinner than, for example, about 15 mm. Here, the smaller the thickness of the urethane, the better the thickness of the wall can be made smaller and the capacity of the storage chamber can be made larger. However, as the urethane thickness decreases as the wall thickness decreases, the urethane density increases and the flexural modulus also increases, so the box strength can be increased, but as the density increases, the heat insulation performance deteriorates. Therefore, it is difficult to make the thickness of the urethane thinner than a predetermined value (for example, 15 mm).

  In the present invention, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a large bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more. Therefore, in the portion (box or wall) where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, heat insulation performance and strength are required. Can be provided to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and even when the heat insulating material such as urethane is filled between the outer box and the inner box, the urethane is insulated at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided. It is not necessary to use it as a heat insulating material for the main purpose, and it can be used as an adhesive. Therefore, since a heat insulating material such as urethane can be used as an adhesive for bonding the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, the urethane can be reduced in thickness to improve the heat insulating performance of the urethane. There is no problem if it drops. Here, the covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the box 700 and the door) or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750). By increasing the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the space 315 to a predetermined value or more, even if there is a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, the heat insulating performance and strength of the heat insulating box 700 are secured. it can.

  Therefore, in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 such as the concave portion 440 as in the present embodiment, the strength and heat insulating performance of the box 700 are reduced by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. If both are provided, hard urethane foam is used as an adhesive mainly for bonding between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Since it can be used, it is possible to reduce the thickness of the urethane, and it is not necessary to consider a decrease in the heat insulation performance of the urethane. Therefore, even if the wall thickness is reduced by reducing the thickness of the rigid urethane foam and the heat insulating performance of the hard urethane is reduced, there is no problem since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 plays a role in the heat insulating performance of the box. Therefore, it is possible to increase the volume of the storage chamber by reducing the thickness of the urethane and reducing the wall thickness. However, it is better to use a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape for either the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulator 400 or the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulator 400. Since the wall thickness can be reduced, the volume in the storage chamber can be increased.

  Here, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam when used as an adhesive used between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is equal to or less than a predetermined value or a vacuum. When the thickness is smaller than the thickness of the heat insulating material 400, the wall thickness can be reduced, so that the volume in the storage room can be increased. Here, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam used mainly for bonding to either the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced by vacuum heat insulating. If the thickness is smaller than the thickness of the material 400, the effect of reducing the wall thickness can be obtained. However, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 and the thickness between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 can be improved. If the total thickness of the rigid urethane foam is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the wall thickness can be further reduced, so that the volume in the storage chamber can be increased.

  In the present embodiment, rigid urethane foam is used as an adhesive used between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the urethane is reduced as much as possible. Although it is thin, not only between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, but also a portion filled only with urethane without the vacuum heat insulating material 400 ( Even within the wall), the same rigid urethane foam may be used. Since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not exist in a portion (for example, a part of the inside of a wall or a convex portion) filled with urethane where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, the hard urethane has a thickness corresponding to the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Can be increased, so that the heat insulation thickness of urethane can be increased. Therefore, the thickness of the urethane at a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not exist is larger than the thickness of the urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Since the density of urethane at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided can be smaller than the density of urethane at the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided. The heat insulating performance of the urethane at the site is improved, and a predetermined performance can be secured. In addition, since the thickness of the urethane can be increased in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, the strength of the box is also improved. Here, in the present embodiment, in order to satisfy both the box strength and the heat insulation performance, the coverage of the vacuum heat insulator 400 (the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat insulator 400 to the surface area of the box 700 and the door) or The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750) is increased to a predetermined value or more.

In the present embodiment, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with heat insulating performance and box strength, the thickness of the urethane heat insulating material is reduced to reduce the strength of the urethane heat insulating material so that the flexural modulus is 13.0 MPa or more. (Preferably 15 MPa or more) can be used. Further, since the density of the urethane heat insulating material can be larger than 60 kg / m ³ (preferably, 62 kg / m ³ or more), the thickness of the urethane can be reduced, and the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced. Can also be reduced.

(Cool air path on convex part)
In the above, the example in which the concave portion 440 (the storage room side space of the inner box 750) is used as the cool air passage 760 has been described, but the cool air flow inside the convex portion 450 (the space between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710) is described. The path 760 may be provided, or a cool air path 760 may be separately provided in place of the projection 450. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view when the refrigerator is cut along a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of refrigerator 1. In FIG. 7, the same parts as those in FIGS.

In FIG. 7, a concave portion 440 is formed by a side surface 452 of a convex portion 450 and a rear wall 730, and an inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the rear wall 730 and an outer surface forming the outer surface of the rear wall 730. Between the box 710, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, the plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. You may. The cool air passage 760 provided in the convex portion 450 is provided on the first air passage component 762 which is a cover member having a design property, and on the back side (outer box 710 side) of the first air passage component 762, and has a heat insulating property. And a second air path component 764 having the same. The first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764, which is a cover member, has a mounting portion (engaging portion), and the mounting portion (engaging portion) provided on the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790. The cover member 760 is attached to the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790 by, for example, being fitted into the rear wall 730 or being fixed to each other by a fixing member such as a screw.
Here, a cool air passage 760 is formed in the convex portion 450, and one, two, or a plurality of the convex portions 450 are provided on the width direction end side of the back surface in the storage room. The cool air passage 760 is constituted by a second air passage component 764 (or the second air passage component 764 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400) having a U-shaped cross section or a substantially rectangular cross section. The second air path component 764 is constituted by an inner box 750 provided so as to cover the storage room side. That is, the cold air passage 760 is interposed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. One or more cool air supply ports 768 for supplying cool air into the storage chamber are provided in the cool air passage 760.

  Here, when the cross-sectional shape of the second air path component 764 is a U-shape having an opening, the opening is arranged so as to face the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side, and the U-shaped opening is evacuated. The cool air passage 760 is configured by closing the heat insulating material 400. However, the U-shaped opening is not arranged so as to face the vacuum heat insulating material 400 side, but is arranged so as to face the side wall 790 side or the storage room side, and the U-shaped opening is formed of a heat insulating material such as styrene foam. May be closed to form the cool air passage 760. In addition, the outer shape of the cross section of the second air path component 764 may be rectangular, circular (circular tubular), or elliptical, and may have any shape as long as the cool air path 760 is formed inside. However, a circular or elliptical shape is better because it requires less flow resistance. An elliptical shape that is narrower in the width direction than a circular shape can reduce the protruding height into the storage chamber, so that the effective volume can be increased and the usability is better. If the outer shape of the cross section of the second air path component 764 is a shape having no opening other than the cold air supply port 768, such as a rectangular shape, a circular shape (circular tubular shape), or an elliptical shape, the second air flow component The cold air path 760 may be formed only by 764.

  Here, the second air path component 764 forming the cold air path 760 has a cross-sectional shape (for example, a U-shape or an outer shape of a cross-section having a rectangular shape, a circular shape (circular tubular shape), or an elliptical shape having a predetermined torsional strength or bending strength). If a member having such a shape is used, the strength of the convex portion 450 can be improved by providing the cool air passage 760 in the convex portion 450, and the box body strength can be improved. However, in the case where a member having a U-shaped cross section is used for the second air path component 764, the strength may be insufficient due to the opening or narrowing of the U-shaped opening due to twisting or bending of the box. If there is, the opening of the second air path component 764 may be connected by another member (for example, a plate-shaped member, a bar-shaped member, a rib member, or the like) so that the opening is not opened or narrowed. The strength may be ensured by closing the opening.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the cold air passage 760 that functions as a reinforcing member instead of filling the heat insulating material 701 in the convex portion 450 is provided. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in a device such as a heat insulating box or a refrigerator formed of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 and provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, the inside of the storage room The strength of the box body is increased between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 by directly attaching the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the inner box 750 with an adhesive or the like on the back surface. There is a reinforcing member interposition portion (convex portion 450) in which a cold air passage 760 as a reinforcing member is interposed. The reinforcing member intervening portion (convex portion 450) is provided at a corner of the back wall 730 and the side wall 790. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 are directly attached with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, a self-adhesive hard urethane foam may be used as an adhesive as a first intervening member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. When using a rigid urethane foam as an adhesive, it is not necessary to function as a heat insulating material, so that when using urethane as an adhesive, the thickness of the adhesive can be reduced. In this case, the thickness of the urethane is preferably smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and is preferably about 11 mm or less. As the thickness of the adhesive becomes thinner, the wall thickness can be made thinner, so that the volume in the storage chamber can be made larger. It is preferable that the adhesive be smaller than 10 mm, and preferably about 6 mm or less. When the thickness is smaller than 1 mm, a part that cannot be bonded due to the unevenness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed, and there is a concern that the inner box 750 may be peeled off from the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, when urethane is used as the adhesive, Is preferably 3 mm or more. When rigid urethane foam is used as the adhesive from the viewpoint of securing strength, the density is preferably higher than 60 kg / m ³ . Here, in order to improve the box strength, it is better to use the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus of 13 MPa or more, and also to the heat insulating material 701 filled in the convex portion 450. The flexural modulus is preferably 13 MPa or more, and the density is preferably larger than 60 kg / m ³ .

(Use the recess as a cool air path (Part 4))
Next, another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of another refrigerator according to the first embodiment of the present invention, which is a cross-sectional view of the refrigerator 1 cut along a plane perpendicular to the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 (FIGS. 4 to 7). The same). FIG. 9 is a front view of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention when the front door is removed, and FIG. 10 is a side sectional view of the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 8 to 10, the same parts as those in FIGS. 1 to 7 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted.

In FIG. 8, the protrusion 450 is substantially triangular, and the side surface of the protrusion 450 corresponds to the hypotenuse 456. The protruding portion 450 has a back wall side end 798 as one end connected to the back wall 730, and a side wall side end 797 as the other end connected to the side wall 790. A concave portion 440 is formed by the oblique side 456 corresponding to the side surface of the convex portion 450 and the back wall 730, and an inner box 750 forming the inner surface (storage room side) of the back wall 730 and an outer surface forming the outer surface of the back wall 730. Between the box 710, a plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. Here, although not shown, the plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface (the storage room side) of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790. You may. The cool air passage 760 provided in the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440 is provided on a first air passage component 762 which is a cover member having a design property, and on a rear side (the inner box 750 side) of the first air passage component 762, A second air path component 764 having heat insulating properties is provided, and is disposed in the concave portion 440. The first air path component 762 or the second air path component 764 serving as the cover member has a mounting portion (engaging portion), and the mounting portion (engaging portion) provided on the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730. ) Is attached to the convex portion 450 or the rear wall 730 by fitting the mounting portions to each other with a fixing member such as a screw, or engaging the mounting portions with each other.
A concave portion 440 is formed on the back surface in the storage chamber, and a part of the concave portion 440 in the width direction (for example, a substantially central portion in the width direction) is used as a cool air passage 760. The cool air passage 760 may be the cold air passage 50 for the refrigerator compartment that supplies cool air to the refrigerator compartment 2, and supplies cool air to the electrostatic atomizing device (mist device) 200 or from the electrostatic atomizing device 200. Is used as a cold air passage for supplying the mist together with cool air to the refrigerator compartment, which is a storage room. The cool air passage 760 includes a second air passage component 764 provided substantially at the center of the concave portion 440 and a first air passage component 762 which is a cover provided to cover the second air passage component 764, The first air path component 762 has a U-shaped cross section having an opening, and includes a front surface portion 761 and a side surface portion 767.

  The first air path component (for example, the air path cover) 762 is configured such that at least a part thereof comes into contact with a fixing projection 910 which is a projection provided in the recess 440 so that the inner box 750 projects toward the storage chamber. A side surface portion is provided, and the side surface portion or the front surface portion is fixed or held by the fixing protrusion 910. In the present embodiment, at least a part of the inner surface of the side surface of the first air path component 762 is in contact with the outer surface of the projection 910, and the first air path component 762 is formed by a screw, a hooking structure, a fitting structure, or the like. Is fixed or held to form a cool air passage 760. Here, the shape of the first air path component 762 is a U-shaped cross section, but may be a substantially semicircular shape, a curved surface shape (arch shape), a substantially V-shaped shape, or the like. In addition, the first air path component 762 includes a protrusion 910 or an inner box (wall surface) 750 or a shelf 80 or a partition wall (for example, a back wall 730, a side wall 790, a top wall 740, a bottom wall 780, or a storage room) forming a storage room. Any shape may be used as long as it is fixed or held to the partition wall 24 between the storage chamber and the storage room, etc., and the cold air passage 760 can be formed.

  The cool air passage 760 is connected to the cooler room 131 via a refrigerator compartment damper 55 as an air volume adjusting means. The cool air generated by the cooler 13 arranged in the cooler room 131 is cooled by the cool air circulation fan (internal fan) 14 arranged in the cooler room 131, the air path 16, and the refrigerator compartment serving as the air volume adjusting means. The air is conveyed to the cool air passage 760 which is the cool air passage 50 for the refrigerator compartment via the damper 55. The cool air carried to the cool air passage 760 is supplied into the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2) from the cool air supply port 768 provided in the first air passage component 762 or the second air passage component 764 or the fixing projection 910. Is done.

  In the present embodiment, one or more (at least one) of cool air supply ports (cool air outlets) 768 to the storage chamber are provided on the front surface or side surface of the first air path component 762. When the second air path component 764 is provided, one or a plurality (at least one) is provided on the front surface, the side surface, or the rear surface of the second air path component 764. In the figure, the cool air supply port 768 is provided in the front part of the first air path component 762 so as to penetrate the front part of the second air path part 764, but the second air port 768 is provided in the side part of the first air path part 762. If the cool air supply port 768 is provided so as to communicate (or penetrate) the side surface of the air path component 764, the cool air can be supplied from the side into the storage chamber in addition to the cool air supply from the front part, so that it can be evenly supplied. It can be supplied efficiently. Here, the cool air supply port of the first air path component 762 and the cool air supply port of the second air path component 764 need not be provided at the same position (communicating position), and may be provided at different positions (positions not communicating). good. For example, the cold air supply port of the first air path component 762 is provided on the front surface, and the cold air supply port of the second air path component is located at a position different from the position of the cold air supply port of the first air path component in the vertical direction (front surface). And side portions) or at different positions (side portions) in the left-right direction even at the same height position.

  There is a difference in height between the front end surface 769 of the front portion 761 of the first air path component 762 and the recess 440 (rear wall of the storage room) with respect to the storage room side (the front direction of the refrigerator 1). (Step portion 775). The step portion 775 (for example, the side surface portion 767 of the first air path component 762 or the projection 910 which is a member forming the outer periphery of the cool air path 760) is not provided with a cool air supply port (opening or cutout) 768. By doing so, the front end face 769 (the thickness (height) protruding toward the inside of the storage compartment (storage compartment side)) of the first air path component 762 can be reduced by the size of the opening or notch of the cool air supply port 768, and the stepped portion The amount of protrusion of the 775 to the inside of the storage can be reduced. Therefore, the length in the depth direction in the storage room can be increased by the amount of the step portion 775 being reduced, and the storage volume in the storage room can be increased.

  Here, at least two protrusions 910 are provided in the width direction (a right protrusion and a left protrusion when viewed from the front opening of the refrigerator 1), and the space between the left and right protrusions 910 is the second recess 441. Are formed, and the second concave portion 441 forms a groove shape in the vertical direction. The protruding portion 910 is formed by projecting an inner box on the back of the storage room forming the concave portion 440 toward the storage room, and is provided continuously or intermittently in the vertical direction (for example, The projecting portions 910 are provided at least at two locations substantially parallel to the vertical direction so as to form a groove shape (second concave portion 441)). Here, the protrusion 910 may be formed separately from the inner box 750.

  Then, the inner surface of the side surface portion 767 of the first air path component 762 is fitted to the outer surface of the protrusion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 (the outer surface of the protrusion 910 forming the groove shape), a hooking structure, or a screw. It is held or fixed by the like. That is, the first air passage is provided with an uneven fitting structure for holding or fixing by the uneven fitting, or a fixing member (or holding means) having a protruding hook portion and holding or fixing the hook portion by being hooked on the concave portion or the convex portion. By providing the component 762 and the projection 910, the first air path component 762 is fixed or held by the projection 910 forming the second recess 441. (For example, a hook portion is provided on the first air path component 762, and a concave portion or a convex portion is provided on the protrusion 910 at a position facing the hook portion, so that the first air path component 762 forms the second concave portion 441. (The first air path component 762 is fixed or held on the projection 910 with a simple configuration that only lightly presses the projection 910.)

  In the present embodiment, for example, as described above, at least two protrusions 910 provided in the vertical direction at substantially the center in the width direction (left-right direction) of the back surface of refrigerator 1, and formed on the storage room side of back wall 730. (A width of the refrigerator 1) surrounded by a second concave portion (groove shape) 441 and a first air path component 762 (for example, a U-shaped U-shaped member or an arched curved surface member). A space provided in the vertical direction at a substantially central portion in the direction is formed. A space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air path component 762 may be used as the cool air path 760, but as shown in the figure, the second concave section 441 and the first air path component 762 The second air path component 764 may be housed in the space surrounded by the circle, and the second air path component 764 may be used as the cool air path 760. Here, the protruding portion 910 or the side surface portion 767 of the first air path component 762 does not need to be continuous in the up-down direction, as long as an air path can be formed, and cool air in the air path is stored in a storage room (for example, refrigeration). It suffices if a cold air supply port 768 that can be supplied into the chamber 2) can be formed.

  A plurality of projections 910 are provided intermittently in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1, and no projections are provided between the plurality of projections provided in the vertical direction (for example, vertical projections due to notches or the like). The notched portion where the portion is interrupted) may be used as the cool air supply port 768 into the storage chamber. In this case, the air passage may be formed by closing the non-projection portion between the plurality of protrusions provided vertically in the first air passage component 762 (a cutout portion in which the protrusion in the vertical direction is interrupted). The air path may be formed by using the second air path component 764. Further, the protrusion 910 may be used only as a fixing portion or a holding portion for fixing or holding the first air path component 762. A space (a space provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1) surrounded by the second recess 441 formed by the two left and right protrusions 910 provided in the up-down direction of the refrigerator 1 and the first air path component 762. Is used directly as the cool air passage 760, the first air passage component 762 or the protrusion 910 is made of a member having heat insulation performance such as a heat insulating material in order to prevent dew condensation and to suppress a rise in the temperature of cool air in the cool air passage 760. It is better to use. In this case, the protrusion 910 may be formed so as to protrude the inner box 750 so as to fill the inside with the urethane heat insulating material.

  A space (a space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1) surrounded by the second concave portion 441 formed by the two protrusions 910 provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1 and the first air path component 762 is directly Although it may be used as the cool air path 760, a second air path component 764 having the cool air path 760 may be provided in this space. If the second air path component 764 is provided, the second air path component 764 can be formed of a heat insulating material such as styrene foam, so that the first air path component 762 or the protrusion 910 has a heat insulating material. It is not necessary to use a member having heat insulation performance, for example, and the structure of the first air path component 762 or the protrusion 910 can be simplified. In addition, since the second air path component 764 can be formed of an easily heat-insulating material such as styrene foam or resin, the cross-sectional shape (outer cross-sectional shape) of the second air path component 764 is circular. Alternatively, it can be processed or formed into various shapes such as an elliptical shape or a polygonal shape (for example, a triangle, a square, a hexagon, etc.). In addition, in the cross-sectional shape of the air path, a shape having a small air path resistance such as a flow path loss and a pressure loss of the air path (for example, a circular shape or an elliptical shape elongated in the width direction) can be easily formed. The body, refrigerator and equipment are obtained.

  The second air path component 764 is provided in the width direction of the refrigerator 1 while being fixed or held by the first air path component 762 and two (or more than two) protrusions 910 provided in the width direction. The two protrusions 910 (the two protrusions 910 are provided continuously or intermittently in the length direction) and a second recess 441 formed by the inner box 750. It is arranged in a space (a space provided in the vertical direction of the refrigerator 1). The second air path component 764 has an air path structure having a cool air path 760 therein, and the outer cross-sectional shape of the air path of the second air path component 764 is circular, elliptical, or polygonal (for example, (Eg, triangle, square, hexagon, etc.), and a cool air passage 760 is formed inside. The second air path component may have any shape as long as it can form a cold air path 760 therein. Here, the cross-sectional shape of a component having an air path such as the first air path component 962 or the second air path component 764 indicates a cross-sectional shape in a direction substantially perpendicular to the flow direction of air or cold air.

  Here, the outer shape of the cross section of the cool air passage 760 formed in the second air passage component 764 is a shape such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or a polygonal shape (for example, a triangle, a square, a hexagon, or the like). The cross-sectional shape may be the same as or similar to the cross-sectional shape of the air passage component 764, but may be different from the cross-sectional shape of the second air passage component 764. That is, when the outer shape of the cross section of the second air path component 764 is substantially square, the outer shape of the cross section of the cool air path 760 may be substantially circular, elliptical, or substantially triangular. There is no problem even if they are different. However, the air path cross section of the second air path component 764 is more efficient when the flow path resistance when air (cool air) flows is smaller, so that a circular or elliptical shape is better than a square or triangular shape. good. In addition, an elliptical shape that is narrower in the width direction than a circular shape can reduce the height at the time of installation (projection height in the storage chamber) and can increase the depth dimension in the storage chamber, so that it is more convenient to use. Therefore, the second air path component 764 only needs to be able to form a cool air path, and it is only necessary that the cross-sectional shape with respect to the flow direction of the cool air is square or elliptical and the cool air path 760 is formed inside. The cross-sectional shape of the internal cool air passage 760 may be square or elliptical. In the cold air passage 760, a circular or elliptical shape has a smaller flow path resistance and is more efficient, and an elliptical shape that is narrower in the width direction than in a circular shape can reduce the length in the depth direction. The protrusion amount can be reduced, and the storage volume can be increased. (If the cross-sectional shape of the second air path component 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the cold air path 760 is elliptical, it is better to form the width direction (long axis direction) longer than the depth direction (short axis direction). good). Here, the second air path component 764 is preferably formed in a state of being divided into a plurality of parts, such as two or three, to form one air path part, which is easier to process and assemble. In the case where the cross-sectional shape of the second air path component 764 or the cross-sectional shape of the air path 760 is elliptical, when dividing the second air path component 764, it is better to divide into two in the long axis cross section. It is good because the assemblability is improved.

  Cold air (air) generated by the cooler 13 which is a heat exchanger disposed in the cooler chamber 131 is formed in, for example, the second air path component 764 via the air path 16, the refrigerator compartment damper 55, and the like. The air flows through the cool air passage 760 and is supplied from the cool air supply port 768 into the storage room. Here, a space surrounded by the second concave portion 441 and the first air path component 762 is used as a cool air path 760. In the present embodiment, the space used as the cool air passage 760 is provided in the vertical direction substantially at the center of the rear side of the refrigerator 1 in the width direction. 1) is provided at substantially the center of the refrigerator 1; In addition, it may not be provided at the substantially central portion, and may be provided at the end in the width direction.

  By providing two or more spaces used as the cool air passage 760, the cool air generated by the cooler 13 as the heat exchanger in the cooler room 131 is stored in the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2 or the vegetable room 5). Air path for supplying the mist generated by the mist device 200 to the storage room (for example, the refrigeration room 2, the vegetable room 5, the switching room 4, the chilled room 2X, 2Y). , Etc.), and may be formed separately without sharing the mist air path to be supplied. When the air path is made independent in this way, the supply of cool air (on / off of cold air supply or control of the amount of cool air) and the supply of mist (on / off of mist supply, or control of the amount of mist supply) are performed by air volume adjusting means. ) Can be controlled independently. Of course, there is no problem if the cold air path and the mist air path are shared.

  When the second air path component 764 is provided, the second air path component 764 may be configured to be fixed or held by the first air path component 762. Alternatively, the second air path component 764 may be held or fixed to the projection 910, the inner box 750, the shelf 80, the partition wall 24, the wall surface (the rear wall 730, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, etc.). . The first air path component 762 and the second air path component 764 are integrally formed by fixing or holding the second air path component 764 to the first air path component 762 to form an air path assembly. Can be attached to the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1, and can be easily removed. Here, if the second air path component 764 can form an assembly having a shape that forms an independent air path, the second air path component 764 can form an air path assembly. The three-dimensional object can be mounted in a storage room (for example, the protrusion 910 or the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 or the first air path component 762 or the inner box 750 or the shelf 80). Further, since the cool air passage 760 does not need to be constituted by the inner box 750 (the inner box of the portion forming the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) facing the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the structure is simplified and the cost is reduced. Insulated box, refrigerator and equipment are obtained.

  Further, the first air path component 762 or the air path assembly (the second air path component 764 or the assembly of the first air path component 762 and the second air path component 764) is, for example, a protrusion 910 or a first air path component in the storage chamber. If the first air path component 762 or the air path assembly is attached to the air path component 762 or the shelf 80, the first air path component 762 or the air path assembly is placed in the inner box 750 (the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441) facing the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since it is not necessary to directly attach the inner air box 750, the inner box 750 can be prevented from being deformed, cracked, or cracked when the cold air path 760 is installed. It is possible to suppress damage to the outer packaging material and the like, and to obtain a heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and equipment with high reliability and little deterioration or deterioration of heat insulation performance.

  Here, if the first air path component 762 is formed so as to cover the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441, the cold air path 760 can be formed without providing the second air path component 764. Since the path 760 can be formed, a reliable heat-insulating box or refrigerator having a small number of parts, low cost, easy assembly, and high reliability can be obtained. In this case, the first air path component 762 may be fixed or held to the convex portion 450, the shelf 80, the partition wall 24, the wall surface (the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, or the bottom wall 780).

  When the refrigerator 1 is viewed from the front side (the front side), at least one or more (one or more) corners in the width direction (left and right ends in the width direction, ends in the width direction) on the back side of the storage room when the refrigerator 1 is viewed from the front side. ) Is provided. In order to improve box strength (box rigidity) such as torsional strength, bending strength or compressive strength of the box, a heat insulating material 701 such as rigid urethane foam is filled between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 to form the box. ing. In the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441, the box strength is set to be equal to or higher than the predetermined value (for example, the flexural modulus is equal to or higher than 20 MPa) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. An adhesive (for example, a foamed heat insulating material having an adhesive property) serving as a first intervening member is mainly filled between the inner box and the inner box 750, and the adhesive serving as the first intervening member is filled. Thus, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are bonded, fixed, or fixed. Here, a rigid urethane foam may be used as the adhesive as the first intervening member. In this case, the urethane used as the adhesive is not used as a heat insulating material whose main purpose is heat insulation. The thickness can be reduced. That is, when urethane is used as the first intervening member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, the heat insulating performance may be poor, so that the heat insulating property may be thin. What is necessary is that it has a predetermined thickness that has an adhesive strength or a fixing strength that can provide rigidity and strength that does not cause distortion. When the rigid urethane foam as the first interposed member is used as the adhesive, the predetermined thickness is preferably about 11 mm or less, preferably about 6 mm or less, and satisfies the adhesive strength (adhesive performance) as the adhesive. If possible, the thinner the better, the better, 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more.

  4 to 8 show a cross section of the refrigerator 1, in which the protrusions 450 are provided at both ends in the width direction of the refrigerator 1, and the protrusions projecting toward the storage room side (the front side of the refrigerator 1). Has formed. 4 to 7, the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion excluding the side wall 790 and the back wall in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is square (rectangular), but in FIG. The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 (the cross-sectional shape of the portion protruding toward the storage chamber with respect to the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 in the cross section of the refrigerator 1) is substantially triangular, and one end of a hypotenuse 456 of the triangular shape. Are connected to a predetermined portion (side wall side end) 797 on the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end of the oblique side 456 is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end) 798 on the inner surface of the back wall 730. That is, one side of the hypotenuse 456 of the substantially triangular shape is connected to a predetermined portion (side wall end) 797 on the inner surface of the side wall 790, and the other end is connected to a predetermined portion (rear wall side end) 798 of the inner surface of the back wall 730. Therefore, the oblique side portion 456 of the convex portion 450 starting from the rear wall side end portion 798 and the side wall side end portion 797 protrudes inside the storage. That is, in the cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450, the portion corresponding to the substantially triangular hypotenuse 456 is substantially linear or extends from the predetermined portion 797 of the side wall 790 to the predetermined portion 798 of the rear wall 730 in the inner box 750 in the storage room. It is formed in a curved or arched shape.

  Therefore, when the cross-sectional shape of the protrusion 450 is substantially triangular, the length of the substantially triangular hypotenuse 456 may be set so as to obtain a predetermined strength. The cross-sectional shape of the convex portion 450 is substantially triangular in shape than the rectangular shape, and since the convex portion 450 does not have a corner portion, the volume protruding into the storage chamber can be reduced, and the volume in the storage room can be reduced. It is possible to make it larger. In addition, since the convex portion 450 does not have a corner, the design is also improved.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the protrusion 910 projects toward the storage room (the front side of the refrigerator 1) so as to form a groove shape (second concave portion) 441, and is continuous or intermittent in the vertical direction in the storage room. Are provided, it is possible to improve the strength of the box body. Here, the concave portion 440 provided between the left and right two convex portions 450 provided at the corners of the left and right side walls 790 and the rear wall 730 has a substantially triangular shape. The range between the predetermined portions 798 of the rear wall to which the respective oblique sides 456 are connected (portion indicated by W in FIG. 8).

  4 to 8, the width in the left-right direction of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1 is the width of the inner wall of the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2, the vegetable room 5, the freezer room 6, etc.). (Approximately equal to the distance (length) between the left and right side walls 790 forming the storage chamber), and the foamed heat insulating material such as urethane to be filled from the filling ports 703 and 704 such as urethane fills the side wall 790. To ensure smooth filling. Filling ports 703 and 704 for filling a foamed heat insulating material such as urethane in the space 315 between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 do not overlap with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the vacuum heat insulating material 400 closes the filling ports 703 and 704). The vacuum heat insulating material closes the filling ports 703 and 704 when the foam heat insulating material such as urethane is injected, and the foam heat insulating material fills the inside of the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall. 24 so as not to obstruct the inflow.

  In FIGS. 4 to 8, the convex portion 450 has a function as a reinforcing member for maintaining or improving the strength of the box body, but also serves as a storage portion for storing the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725. The protrusion 910 forming the second concave portion 441 in FIG. 8 may be used as a storage portion for storing the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or may be filled with a foamed heat insulating material and used as a reinforcing member. You may. One of the protrusion 450 or the protrusion 910 may be used as a storage unit for storing the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or both the protrusion 450 and the protrusion 910 may store the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725. You may use it as a storage part. If the protrusion 450 or the protrusion 910 is used as a storage section for storing the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725, or is used as a box reinforcing section, the pipe 720 or the refrigerant pipe 725 is stored separately. There is no need to provide a storage section, and a simple, low-cost, high-strength heat-insulating box, refrigerator, equipment, and the like can be obtained.

  The convex portion 450 is provided at a corner portion (one side corner or both side corners) on the end side in the width direction on the back surface of the storage room. The protrusion 450 has one end connected to a predetermined portion 797 of the side wall 790 forming the storage room in the width direction of the storage room, and the other end in the width direction overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X in the width direction. It is connected to a predetermined portion 798 of the rear wall 730 at the position, and the inside is filled with foamed heat insulating material such as hard urethane. In this manner, by extending the convex portion 450 to a position where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 partially overlaps in the width direction (position of the overlap length X), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided with side walls via urethane in the convex portion 450. The side wall 790 and the back wall 730 are formed integrally with the urethane in the 790 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the hard urethane, so that the strength of the box 700 is improved. In this case, it is possible to easily cope with the case where the hard urethane foam to be filled in the side wall 790 is also filled in the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 and foamed. Here, the convex portion 450 is provided at the corner portion, and the inner box 750 is formed so that the cross-sectional shape is square, rectangular, substantially triangular, arc-shaped, or arch-shaped and protrudes into the storage chamber. By filling or installing a hard urethane foam or the like between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 in which is formed, the convex portion 450 is formed as a reinforcing member. Here, the filling material such as urethane filled in the space between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is based on the heat insulating performance of the box 700 where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided and the part where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided. It is determined in consideration of the adhesive strength between the box 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, the strength (rigidity) of the box 700, and the like. In the present embodiment, a hard urethane foam is used as the filler.

  Since one end on the back wall 730 side of the convex portion 450 as a strength portion (reinforcing portion) is provided so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X, the rigid urethane foam filled in the convex portion 450 is used. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are firmly bonded, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also firmly connected to the side wall 790 via urethane. In addition, since the convex portion 450 protruding into the storage chamber is formed at the corner in the width direction of the back surface of the storage room, even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam of the concave portion 440 in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged becomes thin, Deterioration of the heat insulation performance is suppressed, and the strength of the box body is improved by the convex portions 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Further, even on a wall surface on which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed (for example, the side wall 790 and the partition wall 24), the area and volume of the vacuum heat insulating material are increased (the covering rate and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material are increased). By doing so, the heat insulation performance of the heat insulating box including the wall surface where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed can also be secured. Further, since the convex portion 450 extends to a position overlapping the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the width direction, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the side wall 790, and the concave portions (440, 441) of the rear wall are integrally formed (or molded). The strength of the box body is improved.

  Further, a pipe 720 or a refrigerant pipe 725 for accommodating a lead wire such as a control wiring or a power line may be arranged in the convex portion 450. The pipe 720 and the refrigerant pipe 725 can also be used as reinforcing members for improving the strength of the box. Therefore, no additional reinforcing parts are required for improving the strength of the box, so that the cost is low, and the heat-insulating box 700 can be reinforced, so that the strength of the heat-insulating box can be improved. Further, since the reinforcing member can be arranged in the convex portion 450, the design property is also improved. Therefore, a low-cost, highly reliable, highly insulated box and refrigerator excellent in design can be obtained.

  Here, the predetermined length X in the width direction in which the convex portion 450 overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is such that the longer the hard urethane in the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be fixed (or held), the longer the length (or the fixed area). ) Is large, and the strength of the box body can be improved. However, if the length is too long, the projection amount of the projection 450 into the storage chamber (the volume projecting into the storage chamber) increases, and the capacity in the storage chamber decreases. The thickness is preferably 180 mm or less. If the predetermined length X in the width direction at which the convex portion 450 overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is too short, the fixing force between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the hard urethane in the convex portion 450 becomes small, and the strength of the box body decreases. When the length X of the filler such as hard urethane overlapping the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shorter than 30 mm, heat leakage increases along the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. That is, when the length X of the portion where the filler such as hard urethane overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shorter than 30 mm, the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 from the inner box 750 side (storage room side) to the outer box 710 side The heat leakage to the (back side) surface due to the heat bridge increases, and the heat insulation performance deteriorates. Therefore, the lower limit of the length X of the overlap between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more (preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is preferably 200 mm or less (preferably 180 mm or less). The distance is preferably about 1/3 or less of the distance (the distance between the inner walls 791 and 792 of the storage room). (If the outer width of the refrigerator 1 is about 600 mm, and the thickness of the side wall 790 is 30 mm, the distance between the inner walls of the side wall 790 is about 540 mm. 180mm or less is good.)

  In the present embodiment, an example in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged on the back wall is described. However, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged on the side wall 790, or the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged on both the back wall and the side wall 790. Good. In this case, the lower limit of the overlap length of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 is preferably 30 mm or more (preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is 200 mm or less (preferably) for the same reason as the back wall side. Is preferably 180 mm or less. (The overlapping length of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the convex portion 450 is a first predetermined value (for example, 30 mm, preferably 40 mm) or more and a second predetermined value (for example, the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) with respect to the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. When the first predetermined value is smaller than 30 mm, the length X of the portion where the filler such as hard urethane overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes short, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 Heat leakage from the surface of the inner box (storage room side) to the surface of the outer box (rear side) due to the heat bridge increases, the heat insulation performance decreases, and the length of the overlap between the convex portion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 increases. The first predetermined value is preferably 30 mm or more (preferably 40 mm or more) because the strength of the box body is reduced because the length becomes too short, and the second predetermined value exceeds 1/3 of the width of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. And recess 440 or The width of the second recess 441 is reduced, since the cold air duct 760 can not be secured a predetermined magnitude, the second predetermined value less than 1/3 better.)

  Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged on the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24 that partitions between the storage rooms, and the convex portions 450 may be provided at the corners. The length of the overlap between the convex portion formed at the corner between the rear wall 730 and the ceiling wall 740 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, or the convex portion formed at the corner between the rear wall 730 and the bottom wall 780 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 Or the length of the overlap between the back wall 730 and the corner formed between the partition wall 24 and the protrusion formed at the corner between the side wall 790 and the ceiling wall 740 and the vacuum insulation. The lower limit of the overlap length with the material 400 is preferably 30 mm or more (preferably 40 mm or more), and the upper limit is preferably 200 mm or less (preferably 180 mm or less).

  As described above, since the length X in the width direction of the portion where one end of the convex portion 450 as the strength portion overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set within a predetermined range, the box strength and the heat insulating performance are not impaired. The recess 440 formed between the left and right protrusions 450 or the space 770 formed between the protrusion 450 and the second recess (the space 770 between the protrusion 910 and the protrusion 450) can be increased. Therefore, while securing the predetermined box strength and the predetermined heat insulating performance, the internal volume of the storage can be increased, and the space 770, which is the storage space for storage of foods and the like, can be increased. Refrigerators and devices that are easy for the user to use are obtained.

  In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided in the opening / closing door (for example, the refrigerator compartment door 7) on the front of the storage room, and an adhesive is applied to the door inner plate forming the door outer shell and the door outer plate. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached. In this case, hard urethane may be used as the adhesive. In this case, since the urethane is not used as a heat insulating material, the heat insulating performance may be poor, and the urethane only needs to have a predetermined thickness having a predetermined bonding strength when bonded. The predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably about 11 mm or less, preferably about 6 mm or less. If the adhesive strength (adhesion performance) as the adhesive can be satisfied, the thinner the better, the better the thickness is 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more. Good degree. Here, since the strength (torsion strength, bending strength, etc.) of the refrigerator compartment door 7 is secured by the strength (rigidity) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, there is no need to secure the door strength with a foamed heat insulating material as in the related art. Therefore, even when urethane is used as the adhesive, the thickness of the door can be reduced because it is only necessary to secure a predetermined thickness as the adhesive as described above. Therefore, the internal volume of the refrigerator can be increased accordingly.

  Here, as in the case of FIGS. 4 to 7, the first air path component 762 which is a cover member that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber or the second concave part 441 is at least a part of the cool air path 760. And a back surface that covers at least a portion of the cool air passage 760 and a back surface that extends in the width direction (left or right direction or side wall 790 direction) from the air passage cover portion and covers at least a portion of the back wall 730 or the concave portion 440. A cover portion and a side cover portion connected to the back cover portion or formed integrally with the back cover portion to cover at least a part of the side wall 790 may be provided. Then, the rear cover may be attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding. Alternatively, the side cover portion may be attached to the side wall 790 or the inner box 750 forming the projection 450 by fixing or holding the side cover portion. By doing so, the first air path component 762, which is a cover, can cover at least a part of the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the protrusion 450, so that the design is improved and the assemblability is improved.

  In addition, the first air path component 762, which is a cover member that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber, forms at least a part of the cool air path 760 or covers at least a part of the cool air path 760. A back cover part extending in the width direction (left or right direction or side wall 790 direction) from the air path cover part and covering at least a part of the rear wall 730 or the concave part 440, and connected to the air path cover part or integrally with the air path cover part. The rear wall 730 is provided so as to extend forward from the upper end or the lower end of the rear wall 730 so as to cover at least a part of the partition wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) formed and provided in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730. May be provided. Then, the rear cover may be attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding. Alternatively, the upper and lower wall cover portions may be fixed or held to the inner box 750 forming the partition wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) provided in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730. . In this way, the first air path component 762 as a cover can cover at least a part of the rear wall 730, the partition wall 24, the ceiling wall 730, and the bottom wall 780, so that the design is improved and the assembling property is improved. Also improve.

  9 and 10, the refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigerator room 2 which is a double-door (or openable) storage room at the top. Below the refrigerator compartment 2, an ice making compartment 3 and a switching compartment 4, which are storage compartments, are arranged in parallel on the left and right. A vegetable compartment 5 serving as a storage room is provided at the bottom of the refrigerator 1, and a freezing room 6 serving as a storage room is provided above the vegetable room 5. The freezing compartment 6 is provided above the vegetable compartment 5 below the ice making compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4 arranged in parallel on the left and right, and is provided in parallel with the so-called vegetable compartment 5 on the left and right. A freezer compartment 6 is provided between the compartment 3 and the switching compartment 4, and has a mid-freezer type storage compartment arrangement.

  The refrigerating room 2 serving as a storage room has a storage product storage space 21 for storing storage products (food, beverages, etc.), and the storage product storage space 21 has a plurality of storage products. A resin or glass shelf 80 is provided. Below the storage space 21 (the lower part of the lowermost shelf), substantially closed containers 2X and 2Y are provided, which are controlled to a chilled temperature zone of about + 3 ° C to -3 ° C. It is used as a chilled room 2Y or a vegetable room 2X controlled in a vegetable room temperature zone maintained at about + 3 ° C. to + 5 ° C. The containers 2X and 2Y having the substantially closed structure may be used as an egg room for storing eggs. The containers 2X and 2Y having a substantially closed structure have, for example, a drawer-type structure, and the storage items can be taken in and out by pulling out the containers.

  As the structure of the containers 2X and 2Y having a substantially closed structure, a container having a substantially closed structure can be configured by providing a detachable lid at an upper surface opening of a container having an upper surface opening with an open upper surface. This lid may be provided on the container, may be provided on a shelf 80 or a partition wall provided on the upper portion of the container, or the shelf or the partition wall on the upper portion of the container may also be used as the lid.

  The present embodiment is a mid-freezer type in which a freezing room 6 is arranged between a vegetable room 5 and an ice making room 3 and a switching room 4 arranged in parallel on the left and right, and is a low-temperature room (for example, the ice making room 3). Since the switching room 4 and the freezing room 6) are close to each other, there is no need for a heat insulating material between the low-temperature rooms, and there is little heat leakage, so that an energy-saving and low-cost refrigerator can be provided.

  As in FIG. 1, the front opening of the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as a storage compartment is provided with a double-door type refrigerator compartment door 7 that can be freely opened and closed. A double door, a refrigerator door 7A and a refrigerator door right 7B. Needless to say, a one-rotation door may be used instead of the double door. The ice-making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, and the freezing room 6, which are other storage rooms, have a drawer-type ice-making room door 8, which can freely open and close the opening of the ice-making room 3, and a switching room. 4 is a drawer-type switching room door 9 that can freely open and close the opening of the drawer 4, a drawer-type vegetable room door 10 that can freely open and close the opening of the vegetable room 5, and a freezing room 6. A drawer-type freezer compartment door 11 that can freely open and close the opening is provided.

  An operation switch (room selection switch 60a, temperature zone changeover switch 60b) for setting the temperature in the storage room is provided on one of the left and right refrigerator room doors 7A and 7B on the left and right sides of the refrigerator room 2 as the storage room. , Instantaneous freezing switch 60c, ice making switch 60d, mist spray switch 60e, other function switches (for example, eco mode switch, advice switch for energy saving advice, Internet setting / connection switch for connection and setting to the Internet, etc.) and An operation panel 60 for displaying temperature information such as a refrigerator temperature and a set temperature is provided. Operation information of operation switches, display information of a liquid crystal display unit, temperature information of a storage room, and the like are displayed on the upper rear portion of the refrigerator (refrigeration room). In the control board room 31 on the back wall) or on the refrigerator ceiling (for example, the top wall of the refrigerator compartment or the ceiling wall). It is controlled by a configured control device 30 such as in the implemented control board microcomputer that is.

  Further, the control device 30 has a transmission / reception means such as an antenna. Or the back of the refrigerator 1 (preferably near the control device 30 or inside the control board chamber 31) or on the side of the refrigerator 1 (preferably near the control device 30 or inside the control board chamber 31). Therefore, the control device 30 is connected to the outside of the refrigerator 1 by infrared connection, wireless connection, or wired connection (power line connection, Internet line connection, LAN (local area network) connection, USB (universal serial bus) connection, etc.). Device information can be transmitted / received to / from an external device to be placed. Here, the external device of the refrigerator 1 includes an external server, a mobile terminal (a mobile phone, a personal digital assistant, a mobile personal computer, and the like) and other external devices (an air conditioner, a TV, another refrigerator, a water heater, a light, a washing machine, and the like). It is. The device information includes device information of the refrigerator 1 (for example, temperature inside the refrigerator, power consumption, operation history, integrated operation time, operation information of the compressor (on, off, rotation speed, current information, etc.)) and the refrigerator 1. (For example, weather forecast and disaster information (including earthquake information)), information on the operation status of other devices connected to the network, and information on the power consumption of each device.

  Here, the refrigerator 1 includes a time measuring means for measuring the operation time and a storage means for storing the measured operation time or the accumulated operation time, and a standard use period (standard use time) and an accumulated operation time which are predetermined as device information. Is transmitted to an external server (for example, a cloud server) so that the ratio (ratio) of the actual integrated operation period (integrated operation time) to the standard usage period and the actual integrated operation period ( When the integrated operation time exceeds a predetermined ratio, a replacement message can be received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or a portable terminal, or can be announced by voice. For external devices, the ratio (ratio) of the actual accumulated operation period (integrated operation time) to the standard use period and the actual accumulated operation period (integrated operation time) to the standard use period are predetermined. When the predetermined ratio is exceeded, a replacement message may be received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or a portable terminal, or may be announced by voice.

  In addition, since it has transmission / reception means, external environmental information (weather forecast, disaster information, earthquake information, temperature information, etc.), external device information (operation status of other external devices, power consumption information, etc.) and power Since transmission and reception can be performed, information from a server or an external device can be received to perform energy saving control, or information on another device can be displayed. Further, by operating the operation panel 60 provided on the opening / closing door on the front of the refrigerator 1 or an external portable terminal, information on the refrigerator 1 is transmitted to an external server or another device, and information from the external server or another device is transmitted. The information can be received and displayed on the operation panel 60 or a portable terminal, or a device such as a refrigerator can be operated.

  In the case of a device such as a refrigerator or a showcase, when the operation of the compressor 12 or the cooling air circulation fan 14 is stopped by cooling the storage room to a predetermined temperature (for example, −18 ° C. in a freezer room), the storage room is stopped. Temperature rises with time. Therefore, if the time measuring means and the temperature measuring means are provided, the operation of the compressor 12 or the cool air circulation fan 14 is performed after the storage chamber is cooled down to a predetermined temperature before the user starts use such as at the time of factory shipment. The degree of temperature increase of the storage room temperature with respect to the elapsed time under predetermined conditions such as a stopped state or a state where the switching room dampers 15 and 55 are closed, or the storage room temperature (predetermined temperature) at the start of measurement and a predetermined time (for example The storage room temperature information such as the difference in the storage room temperature after 10 minutes) is stored in the storage unit of the control device 30 as initial temperature information, and is transmitted as device information from the storage unit of the control device 30 to an external server or the like. In this case, it is possible to judge the deterioration of the heat insulation performance and to judge the abnormality, and to issue a message prompting the user to replace the portable terminal or the operation panel. It is possible to be displayed on a display device 60.

  In other words, the storage chamber is cooled to a predetermined temperature before the user starts use, such as at the time of factory shipment, and then the operation of the compressor 12 or the cool air circulation fan 14 is stopped, or the switching chamber dampers 15 and 55 are closed. Temperature of the storage room with respect to the elapsed time under a predetermined condition such as a state of being set (initial temperature rise degree), or the storage room temperature at the start of measurement (predetermined temperature) and the storage room after a predetermined time (for example, 10 minutes). The storage room temperature information such as the difference from the temperature (initial temperature difference) is stored in the storage unit of the control device 30 as the initial temperature information for each storage room, and is used as device information in an external device such as a server after the user starts using the device. Send and store. Then, periodically measure the degree of temperature rise or the difference in storage room temperature under the same conditions as the initial condition, send it to the external device such as an external server as device information, and compare it with the initial temperature information at the external device such as the server. If it is within the allowable range, a signal representing "no abnormality" is received by the device body such as a refrigerator. If the temperature is out of the allowable range compared to the initial temperature information, a signal indicating “abnormal” is received by the device body such as a refrigerator or the mobile terminal, and the device body or the mobile terminal receiving the signal detects the abnormality such as heat insulation performance deterioration. A message or a message prompting replacement may be displayed.

  Further, the operation panel 60 provided on the opening / closing door on the front of the refrigerator 1 or an external portable terminal is operated, or the control device 30 of the refrigerator 1 automatically supplies power to an external device or an external power source (for example, a solar power source). It is also possible to switch to the supply of power from a photovoltaic power generator, a rechargeable battery, a fuel cell, or other devices that can supply power, or to supply power from an external device to receive power. In particular, even when the power supply to the refrigerator 1 is stopped due to a power outage or the like, the power supply to the refrigerator 1 is switched by switching the power supply source from the power line to the external power supply by operating a portable terminal or a personal computer. If the refrigerator 1 (or a device connected to a network) has a connection terminal to which a portable device such as a mobile phone or a mobile terminal or a personal computer can be connected, the mobile phone or the mobile terminal It is also possible to charge portable devices, personal computers, and the like, and to display and operate other devices and external information included in portable devices, such as mobile phones and portable terminals, and personal computers.

  A compressor 12 is arranged in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion (or upper portion of the back surface) of the refrigerator 1. The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is a component of the refrigeration cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A, and has a function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The condensed refrigerant is decompressed by a decompression device such as a capillary tube (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown). The cooler 13 is one component of a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator, and is provided in a cooler room 131 formed in a rear wall of the refrigerator room 2, the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, the vegetable room 5, or the freezing room 6. Are located. The refrigerant decompressed by the decompression device evaporates in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by an endothermic effect at the time of evaporation. The cool air circulation fan (in-compartment fan) 14 is disposed in the cooler room 131 near the cooler 13, and transfers the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 to a cool air passage (for example, the cool air passage 16 or the like). In order to blow air to each of a plurality of storage rooms (refrigerator room 2, ice making room 3, switching room 4, vegetable room 5, freezing room 6) which are a plurality of storage rooms of the refrigerator 1 through the cold room air passages 50 and 760. belongs to.

  1, a defrosting heater 150 as defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13 is provided below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131. A heater roof 151 is provided above the defrost heater 150 between the heater 13 and the defrost heater 150 so that defrost water dropped from the cooler 13 does not directly hit the defrost heater 150. .

  Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a click-type heater integrated into the cooler 13. Further, a glass tube type heater and a stowage type heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrost water dropped on the heater roof 151 falls inside the cooler chamber 131 and is discharged from the defrost water outlet 155 provided below the cooler chamber 131 to the outside of the refrigerator. (E.g., an evaporating dish provided in the machine room 1A).

  The switching chamber damper 15 serving as an air volume adjusting unit adjusts the amount of cool air blown to the switching chamber 4 serving as a storage room by the cool air circulation fan 14 to control the temperature in the switching chamber 4 to a predetermined temperature, This is for switching the set temperature of the switching chamber 4. The cool air cooled by the cooler 13 is blown into the switching chamber 4 through the cool air passage 16. Further, the cool air passage 16 is arranged downstream of the switching room damper 15.

  Further, the refrigerator compartment damper 55 serving as an air volume adjusting means also controls the amount of cool air blown into the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as the storage compartment by the cool air circulation fan 14, and controls the temperature inside the refrigerator compartment 2 to a predetermined temperature. Or to change the set temperature of the refrigerator compartment 2. The cool air cooled by the cooler 13 passes through the cool air passage 16 and the cool air passages 50 and 760 and is blown into the refrigerator compartment 2.

  For example, the switching room 4, which is a storage room, is a room (storage) in which the temperature in the storage room can be selected from a plurality of stages from a freezing temperature range (-17 ° C or less) to a vegetable room temperature range (3 to 10 ° C). The selection and switching of the temperature in the storage room are performed by operating the operation panel 60 or an external portable terminal installed on either the refrigerator compartment door left 7A or the refrigerator compartment door right 7B of the refrigerator 1.

  Further, a switching chamber thermistor 19 (equivalent to FIG. 3) as first temperature detecting means for detecting the air temperature in the switching chamber 4 is installed on, for example, the inner side wall surface of the switching chamber 4. For example, a second temperature for directly detecting the surface temperature of a storage object introduced into the switching room 4 as a storage room is provided on a top surface (a central portion, a front portion, a rear surface, or the like) of the switching room 4. A thermopile 22 (equivalent to FIG. 3 or an infrared sensor) as a detecting means is provided. By opening / closing the switching chamber damper 15 based on the temperature detected by the switching chamber thermistor 19 (or the temperature detected by the thermopile 22), which is the first temperature detecting means, the temperature of the switching chamber 4 becomes the selected temperature zone. And is controlled by the control device 30 so as to fall within the set temperature range. Further, the thermopile 22 serving as the second temperature detecting means can directly detect the temperature of the food, which is stored in the switching chamber 4.

(Mist device 200)
A partition wall 51 (rear wall 730, first air path component 762 serving as an air path cover) on the back side (rear side) of a storage room (for example, refrigerator room 2), or a storage item in a storage room (for example, refrigerator room 2). A partition wall behind a rear wall of a substantially closed container (for example, substantially closed container 2X or 2Y) provided at a lower portion of the storage space 21, or a rear partition wall or a top partition wall 24 of a storage room (for example, vegetable room 5). Is provided with an electrostatic atomizer 200 which is a mist device for supplying mist into the storage chamber.

  The mist device 200 includes at least a discharge electrode, and water is supplied to the discharge electrode or water is generated in the discharge electrode, and mist is generated in the discharge electrode by applying a voltage to the discharge electrode. The supply of water to the discharge electrode may be performed by cooling the radiator to generate dew condensation on the discharge electrode thermally connected to the radiator. Alternatively, when the heat radiating section and the discharge electrode are not thermally connected, dew water generated by cooling the heat radiating section may be supplied to the discharge electrode. (A structure in which the discharge electrode also serves as a heat absorbing portion may be used. In this case, the heat radiating portion is thermally connected to the discharge electrode, and the cooling of the heat radiating portion may generate dew water on the discharge electrode. good). Alternatively, the mist device 200 may include at least a discharge electrode and a water supply unit that supplies water to the discharge electrode, and supply water to the discharge electrode from the water supply unit and apply a voltage to the discharge electrode to generate mist. good. Here, the water supply means may be a water storage tank or a heat exchanger (for example, the cooler 13) capable of storing water. When the water supply means is the cooler 13, the defrosted water generated by the cooler 13 is received and stored in the container 152 disposed in the cooler chamber 131, and the water in the container is discharged by capillary action or the like. What is necessary is just to supply it to an electrode. Here, when the counter electrode is provided, mist generation is more stable, but the counter electrode may not be provided, and air discharge may be used.

  Here, the discharge electrode is provided in a storage room (for example, a refrigerator room 2), and when a cold air passage is provided in a partition wall in which a mist device is provided, the heat radiation unit is provided in the storage room. Direct contact with an air path wall of a cold air path (for example, the cold air path 16, 50, 760) provided on a partition wall (rear surface, upper surface, lower surface, or side surface), or indirect contact via a heat conducting member; Alternatively, if it is provided so as to penetrate through the air path wall and protrude into the cool air path, the radiator is cooled by the cool air in the cool air path, and condensed water is discharged to the discharge electrode thermally connected to the radiator. Mist is preferably generated by applying a voltage to the generated discharge electrode.

  In another adjacent storage room (for example, freezing room 6) provided on the side opposite to the storage room (for example, vegetable room 5) with respect to the partition wall of the storage room (upper surface, lower surface, or side surface) in which the mist device is provided. The radiator may be cooled using cold air. In this case, the heat radiating section may be provided so as to contact the bottom wall or the top wall of another storage room (for example, a freezing room) from the storage room side. (The mist device 200 may be provided in any room as long as it is a storage room, and may be in any storage room or container such as the refrigerator room 2 or the vegetable room 5 or the chilled rooms 2X and 2Y. The mist device 200 is provided on the back wall. In this case, it may be provided on a partition wall constituting a part of the rear wall provided between the storage room and the cooler room (between two adjacent storage rooms having a temperature difference (for example, in a storage room on the high temperature side). A mist device is provided in the partition plate between the certain vegetable room 5 and the adjacent freezing room 6 which is a low-temperature storage room, and a mist device is provided on the high-temperature side storage room side, and one end of the radiator (the end opposite to the discharge electrode). ) Is provided so as to be in contact with the partition plate of another storage room, and uses the low-temperature cold air of the low-temperature side storage room (uses the temperature difference between the high-temperature side storage room and the low-temperature side storage room) to provide the heat radiation portion. It may be provided to cool.)

  As shown in FIG. 10, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the back, top, and bottom of the refrigerator 1. Although not shown, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is also provided on the side surface, the partition wall 24, and the door. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided on the rear surface is directly attached to the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 at least in the area of the concave portion 440 by the foam heat insulating material as an adhesive whose main purpose is adhesion as described in FIG. As the adhesive, a rigid urethane foam having an adhesive property may be used, and if a rigid urethane foam is used, a narrow flow path (for example, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 and Even within the inner box 750), it can be filled evenly and evenly. In addition, rigid urethane foam is suitable as an adhesive because it can adhere even in a narrow channel, and rigid urethane foam is used as the adhesive.

  When using a rigid urethane foam as an adhesive mainly, it is not necessary to consider a decrease in heat insulation performance due to a decrease in the thickness of the rigid urethane foam. Or less, the thickness of the wall surface (for example, the back wall) can be reduced, and the volume in the storage room can be increased. When the rigid urethane foam is used as the adhesive, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is about 15 mm or less, preferably about 11 mm or less, more preferably about 6 mm or less, and the adhesive strength (adhesive performance) of the adhesive is good. If the above condition is satisfied, the thinner the better, the better the thickness is, for example, 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more. For example, when the thickness is smaller than 1 mm, the roughness of the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the unevenness of the outer packaging material) cannot be absorbed by the thickness of the adhesive, and the convex portion on the surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 directly contacts the inner box 750 and adheres. When a rigid urethane foam is used as the adhesive, the adhesive strength may be reduced if the rigid urethane foam is too thin, so that the adhesive strength may be reduced.

  Needless to say, when rigid urethane foam is used as the adhesive, the heat insulation performance is not necessarily obtained, and the heat insulation performance as a heat insulation material can be obtained although it is inferior to the vacuum heat insulation material 400. That is, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is bonded to, for example, the outer box 710 or the inner box 750, if a hard urethane foam is used as the adhesive, the heat insulating effect of urethane can be obtained in addition to the heat insulating effect of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Further, in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam can be increased by the amount of no vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the heat insulating performance is improved. I do. Also, rigid urethane foam can be used as an adhesive between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Therefore, the box strength of the heat insulating box 700 is improved, and the heat insulating performance is also improved.

  The cool air generated by the cooler 13 disposed in the cooler room 131 is cooled by the cool air circulation fan 14 into the cool air passage 16, the refrigerating room damper 55 serving as an air volume adjusting means, and the refrigeration formed in the second air passage component. The air is supplied to the inside of the refrigerator compartment 2 (including the substantially closed containers 2X and 2Y) from the cool air supply port 768 provided in the first air path component 762 via the room cool air path 760. The cool air that has cooled the inside of the refrigerator compartment 2 serving as the storage room returns to the cooler room 131 through the refrigerator compartment return air passage 410, but supplies a part of the cool air in the refrigerator compartment return air passage 410 to the vegetable compartment 5. You may do it. In this case, the cool air that has cooled the inside of the vegetable room 5 is returned to the cooler room 131 through the vegetable room return air 430. As for the supply of the cool air to the vegetable room 5, other storage rooms such as the refrigeration room 2 and the switching room 4 may be cooled and cooled by the returning cool air whose temperature has increased. It may be cooled directly by the cool air generated in the vessel 13.

  The cool air to the ice making room 3 or the switching room 4 is supplied from the cooler 13 arranged in the cooler room 131 by the operation of the cool air circulating fan 14, the cool air passage 16, the switching room damper 15 which is an air volume adjusting device, and the switching room. The cooling air is supplied through the cooling air passage 17 and returns to the cooler room 131 through the return air passage for the ice making room (not shown) or the return air passage for the switching room (not shown). The cool air to the freezing room 6 is supplied from the cooler 13 arranged in the cooler room 131 via the cool air passage 16 and the cool air passage 18 for the freezing room, and is cooled via the return air passage 420 for the freezing room. It is returned to the instrument room 131.

  Here, the supply of the mist to the storage room may be such that the mist device 200 is energized or stopped at the same time as turning on or off the cool air circulation fan 14, or at a staggered or interlocked time. When the mist is supplied to a plurality of storage rooms, the first storage room (for example, the vegetable room 5 or the refrigerator room 2) and the second storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2, the freezer room 6, the vegetable room 5, or the like) A damper device (for example, the switching room damper 15, the refrigerating room damper 55, the vegetable room damper, the freezing room damper, etc.) may be used for switching the mist supply of the switching room 4 or the like. For example, in a case where mist device 200 is provided so that at least a part thereof is housed in a recess of a partition wall above a first storage room (for example, a vegetable room), wind for mist supply communicating with this recess is provided. When the path is provided in the partition wall, when the vegetable room damper is opened, the mist in the concave portion passes through the mist supply air path in the partition wall to the first cool air path (for example, the vegetable room return path). Air supply, etc.), a cooler room, and a second cool air passage so as to be supplied to a second storage room (for example, a refrigerator room). When the vegetable room damper is closed, cool air is supplied to the vegetable room. Since the mist is not supplied, the mist in the concave portion may be supplied to the first storage room (for example, the vegetable room) by gravity. At this time, the second cool air path may be a cool air path 760 provided on the back of the refrigerator compartment 2. Further, the supply of the mist to the first storage room and the supply of the mist to the second storage room may be switched by opening and closing the damper device. Further, the cooling air circulation fan 14 may be turned on and off instead of the damper device.

  Further, the cool air containing the mist mixed with the cool air in the recess is supplied to the first storage chamber, and a part of the cool air containing the mist supplied to the first storage chamber is partially partitioned by a partition wall (for example, a top partition wall). And return to the cooler room via an air passage (e.g., a return air passage to the cooler room) provided to the second storage room through the cooler room. You may make it. The air path provided in the partition wall may be formed by a cover provided so as to cover a concave portion in which at least a part or all of the mist device (atomizing device) is stored, or may be formed by a separate part. Alternatively, it may be provided inside the partition wall. Here, the cover may be provided with at least one of a cool air inlet and a cool air outlet.

(Wide gap semiconductor)
A control device 30 is provided in the control board chamber 31, semiconductor components such as switching elements and diode elements are provided, and a wide band gap semiconductor is used for at least some of the semiconductor components such as an inverter drive circuit. Have been. The control device 30 may include only semiconductor components (only a wide band gap semiconductor may be used), or may include, for example, control-related components (for example, transformers, relays, converters, power supply reactors, capacitors, current detection components, and the like). At least one of them) may be mounted together with the semiconductor component.

  In the present embodiment, a wide band gap semiconductor is used as a semiconductor component mounted on the control device 30 (for example, a semiconductor for an inverter drive circuit for drive control of the compressor 12, the compressor cooling fan, the cool air circulation fan 14, and the like). I'm using Conventionally, a semiconductor based on silicon (Si) has been generally used for a semiconductor component such as an inverter drive circuit component mounted on the control device 30, but a wide band gap semiconductor is used in the present embodiment. As a wide band gap semiconductor, for example, silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), diamond, aluminum gallium nitride (AlGaN), or the like is used.

  Advantages of a wide band gap semiconductor (for example, silicon carbide SiC, gallium nitride, gallium nitride (GaN), etc.) over a silicon (Si) semiconductor include the following two points. The first advantage is that the element loss is small and high-temperature operation is possible. Since Si generates a large amount of heat and the semiconductor performance deteriorates at about 100 ° C. to 200 ° C. to make it difficult to operate, it is necessary to provide a radiator fin (radiator) and further radiate heat through air. A storage space for mounting and a space for heat dissipation are required. On the other hand, a wide band gap semiconductor (for example, SiC) has a small switching loss in an element, is energy saving, and is hardly deteriorated in performance up to about 300 ° C. It can be used. In addition, there is an advantage that heat dissipation fins are not required or the heat dissipation fins can be made considerably small (the height and size are reduced, the height is reduced, and the size is reduced) because the performance does not easily decrease until about 300 ° C.

  A second advantage is that the thickness of a device as a semiconductor component can be reduced. Since a wide band gap semiconductor (for example, SiC or GaN) has a large dielectric breakdown electric field strength, the withstand voltage of the semiconductor is large (having a withstand voltage about 10 times that of silicon (Si)). It can be reduced (thinned) to about / 10. In the present embodiment, by using a wide band gap semiconductor having such characteristics, it is possible to realize a significant reduction in the size and height of the inverter driving circuit components, a structure that does not need to worry about a heat radiation environment, and the like. A compact refrigerator with a high degree of freedom in design and good quality in a high-temperature environment can be obtained.

  Semiconductor components such as inverter drive circuit components mounted on the control device 30 use wide band gap semiconductors, so that the dielectric breakdown electrolytic strength is large and the withstand voltage is large, so that the thickness and size can be reduced (for example, silicon). About 1/10). Further, since the device can be operated at a high temperature of 300 ° C., the size of the radiation fin (radiator) for cooling the semiconductor component can be extremely reduced. Therefore, conventionally, in the present embodiment, a semiconductor component that is an inverter drive circuit component provided with a radiator that is extremely higher than other control-related components while being mounted on the control device 30 is provided. By using a wide band gap semiconductor, the height and size (vertical and horizontal widths) of the radiator and the inverter drive circuit components can be extremely reduced (reduced height and size). In this state, it is possible to lower the height to a level equivalent to or less than the height of other control-related components (for example, a power supply reactor, a capacitor, a transformer, and a current detection component).

  Here, also in the portion where the control board chamber 31 is disposed, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly adhered to the outer box 710 or the control board chamber 31 with an adhesive, and the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is provided. A hard urethane foam may be filled and set as an adhesive so as to have a predetermined thickness (for example, 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, and 11 mm or less, preferably 6 mm or less).

  Further, in the present embodiment, the control board chamber 31 is provided on the upper surface of the refrigerator 1 and the periphery thereof is insulated by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, a wide band gap semiconductor is used for semiconductor parts such as inverter drive circuit parts. By doing so, there is no problem even if the surroundings of the control substrate chamber 31 are covered with the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or the urethane heat insulating material and the inside of the control substrate chamber 31 is in a high temperature environment. If a wide band gap semiconductor is used for semiconductor components such as inverter drive circuit components, the control board room 31 may be arranged in the machine room 1A under a high temperature environment. Since the wide band gap semiconductor is less likely to fail even in a high temperature environment and can operate as compared with a conventional Si semiconductor, there is no problem even if the control substrate chamber 31 is covered with a heat insulating material. Further, even when the control board chamber 31 is disposed in the machine room 1A under a high temperature environment, a heat insulating material or the like is provided around the control board chamber 31 so that the temperature in the control board chamber 31 does not become high. Since there is no need for heat insulation, the specifications of the control board chamber can be simplified, and low-cost compressors and equipment can be obtained. In addition, since it is not necessary to insulate the control substrate chamber 31, the size of the control substrate chamber 31 can be reduced in height (or width and depth) by the thickness of the heat insulating material. If the control board chamber 31 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 are directly bonded with an adhesive, it is not necessary to fill urethane as a heat insulating material. It is possible to reduce the wall thickness of the upper wall, the rear wall, etc.), and accordingly, the capacity of the storage room (volume in the storage) can be increased.

  Further, the control board chamber 31 can be installed in a space around the compressor 12 (for example, an upper space or a side space (or a surrounding space) of a terminal box of the compressor 12) which could not be installed conventionally because of space. Therefore, the degree of freedom in the installation of the control board room 31 (the degree of freedom in design) is improved, and for example, devices such as refrigerators and air conditioners that can effectively use the space in the machine room 1A can be obtained.

(Using defrost heater and defrost water)
A compressor 12 is disposed in a machine room 1A provided at the lowermost portion of the back of the refrigerator 1 (or at the uppermost portion of the back surface). The refrigerator 1 is provided with a refrigeration cycle, and the compressor 12 is a component of the refrigeration cycle and is arranged in the machine room 1A, and has a function of compressing the refrigerant in the refrigeration cycle. The refrigerant compressed by the compressor 12 is condensed in a condenser (not shown). The refrigerant in the condensed state is depressurized in a capillary (not shown) or an expansion valve (not shown) which is a decompression device. The cooler 13 is a component that constitutes a refrigeration cycle of the refrigerator and is disposed in the cooler room 131. The refrigerant decompressed by the pressure reducing device evaporates in the cooler 13, and the gas around the cooler 13 is cooled by the heat absorbing action at the time of the evaporation. The cool air circulation fan 14 is disposed in the cooler room 131 in the vicinity of the cooler 13, and transfers the cool air cooled around the cooler 13 to a cool air passage (for example, the switching room cool air passage 16 or the refrigerating room cool air flow). It is for blowing air to each room (refrigerating room 2, ice making room 3, switching room 4, vegetable room 5, freezing room 6) which is the storage room of the refrigerator 1 via the road 50 etc.

  Below the cooler 13 provided in the cooler chamber 131, a defrosting heater 150 (a glass tube heater for defrosting, for example, a quartz glass tube, which is a defrosting means for defrosting the cooler 13) is provided. Is provided with a carbon heater using a carbon fiber that emits light having a wavelength of 0.2 μm to 4 μm that passes through a quartz glass tube. A heater roof 151 is provided above the defrost heater 150 between the cooler 13 and the defrost heater 150 so that defrost water dropped from the cooler 13 does not directly hit the defrost heater 150. ing. If a black medium heater such as a carbon heater is used for the defrost heater 150, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer, so that the surface temperature is reduced to a low temperature (about 70 ° C. to 80 ° C.). If a flammable refrigerant (for example, isobutane which is a hydrocarbon refrigerant) is used as the refrigerant used in the refrigeration cycle, the risk of ignition is reduced even if refrigerant leakage occurs. it can. In addition, the frost of the cooler 13 can be efficiently melted by radiant heat transfer as compared with the nichrome wire heater, so that the frost formed on the cooler 13 gradually melts, and the frost drops as a lump. Since it is difficult to perform the operation, it is possible to reduce the sound of falling when falling on the heater roof 151, so that a refrigerator with low noise and high defrosting efficiency can be provided.

  Here, the defrosting heater 150 may be a click-type heater integrated into the cooler 13. Further, a glass tube type heater and a stowage type heater may be used in combination. The defrost water generated in the cooler 13 or the defrost water dropped on the heater roof 151 falls in the cooler room and is defrosted via a defrost water receiving portion 154 provided below the cooler room 131. Water is discharged from the water outlet 155 to the outside of the refrigerator (for example, an evaporating dish provided in the machine room 1A).

  Here, when two coolers (evaporators), that is, a cooler for the freezer compartment and a cooler for the refrigerator compartment, are provided, the evaporating temperature of the cooler for the refrigerator compartment is higher than that of the cooler for the freezer compartment. Can be set relatively high, so that frost does not adhere to the cooler. Therefore, since the heater 150 for defrosting becomes unnecessary, the heater roof 151 is also unnecessary. Therefore, the defrost water generated by the cooler 13 falls directly into the defrost water receiving portion 154 provided in the lower part of the cooler room 131 in the cooler room, and the outside of the refrigerator (from the defrost water discharge port 155). For example, it is discharged to an evaporating dish or the like provided in the machine room 1A.

  When two coolers (evaporator), that is, a refrigerator cooler and a refrigerator cooler, are provided, the storage room rear or the vegetable behind the lower part of the refrigerator room 2 (substantially closed containers 2X and 2Y). Since the refrigerator cooler is provided at the back of the compartment 5, the mist device 200 is moved to the back wall of the storage space of the storage compartment of the refrigerator compartment 2 or the back wall of the storage room behind the back of the substantially closed containers 2X and 2Y or the vegetable compartment 5 It may be provided on the back wall or the like. It is possible to use defrost water generated by the refrigerator cooler as the water supply means of the mist device 200, and to refrigerate instead of the heater roof 151 disposed below the cooler 13 in the cooler room 131. What is necessary is just to arrange the container which receives and stores the defrost water produced | generated by a room cooler. In this case, when water overflows from the water outlet provided at the top of the container, the overflowing water is discharged to the outside of the refrigerator through the defrost water outlet 155, and the water overflows from the water outlet provided at the upper part of the container. Eliminates the need for water treatment. Therefore, it is preferable that the container is provided in the cooler room 131 and the container is provided below the refrigerator cooler and above the defrost water discharge port 155. Further, the discharge electrode of the mist device 200 is provided at a position above the container and at the same height as the refrigerator compartment cooler (front side position of the refrigerator) or at a position between the refrigerator compartment cooler and the container. When the water in the container is supplied to the discharge electrode by capillary action, the water supply path can be shortened, which is better.

  The mist device 200 is provided so as to be at least partially housed in a concave portion of the upper wall (partition wall 24 on the upper surface) of the vegetable compartment 5 provided below and adjacent to the freezing compartment 6 as shown in the figure. The dew condensation is generated in the heat radiating portion by using the cool air in another storage room (freezing room 6) provided adjacent to the upper portion of the storage room (vegetable room 5) in which the mist device 200 is provided. Mist may be generated in the discharge electrode by applying a voltage to the discharge electrode using water.

  9 and 10, a storage room lighting device 900 is provided on a ceiling wall (upper surface wall) 740 of an inner wall of the refrigerator room 2 which is a storage room, for example, and includes a plurality of LEDs. Here, the lighting device 900 may be provided on the side wall 790, the bottom wall 780, or the partition wall 24 in the storage room. The plurality of LEDs of the lighting device 900 are provided on the front side of the refrigerator 1 rather than the front edge of the shelf 80, and can irradiate the storage room from above to below without being interrupted by the shelf 80. Further, at least one of the plurality of LEDs of the lighting device 900 can illuminate a door pocket provided on the storage room door (eg, the refrigerator room door 7) when the storage room door (eg, the refrigerator room door 7) is opened. Since the optical axis is arranged as described above, even when the periphery of the refrigerator 1 is dim, such as at night, not only the storage room but also the door pocket can be illuminated, so that a user-friendly refrigerator can be obtained for the user.

  The above is an example in which the cool air passage 760 provided on the back wall of the storage room is formed as a separate component (for example, the first air passage component 762) with respect to the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440. One air path component 762 may be integrally formed or formed with the inner box 750. In this case, the inner box at the approximate center position in the width direction (left-right direction) of the recess 440 formed in the inner box 750 forming the back wall has an arc-shaped (or arch-shaped or U-shaped) cross-section in the vertical direction. After forming the protruding portion, the protruding portion may be formed so as to protrude into the storage chamber, and may be used as a substitute for the first air path component 762. The space between the arc-shaped (or arch-shaped or U-shaped) projection formed by the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be used as the cool air passage 760. When it is difficult to form the cold air passage 760 only by the arc-shaped protrusion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a second air path having an elliptical cross section or the like is provided in the space between the protrusion and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. A component 764 may be provided. If the first air path component 762 is used instead of the inner box 750 in this way, the first air path component 762 becomes unnecessary, and the first air path component does not need to be assembled to the inner box 750 or the like, and assemblability is improved. Therefore, an insulated box, refrigerator, and equipment having a small number of parts, low cost, and good design can be obtained.

(Another insulated box, refrigerator)
FIG. 11 is a front sectional view of the heat-insulating box according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention. FIG. 12 is a rear view of the heat insulating box. FIG. 13 is a perspective view of the heat insulating box viewed from the front side. FIG. 14 is a perspective view of the heat-insulating box viewed from the rear side (rear side). 1 to 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. Note that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is actually disposed in the space 315 in the wall formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. However, in FIG. 12, in order to facilitate understanding of the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 arranged on the rear wall of the refrigerator 1, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown penetrating the rear surface of the outer box 710 (that is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is vacuum). The heat insulating material 400 is shown by a solid line). In FIG. 13, the illustration of the rail 755 is omitted.

  Refrigerator 1 is provided with a heat-insulating box 700 composed of an outer box 710 made of, for example, metal and an inner box 750 made of, for example, resin. A hard urethane foam as a heat insulating material is provided in a space 315 in the wall formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 (for example, the top surface, the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, and the bottom surface of the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700). And / or vacuum insulation 400 is provided (filled).

  The heat-insulating box 700 constituting the refrigerator 1 according to the first embodiment is formed in a bottomed rectangular tube shape (substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape) in which a top surface, a bottom surface, and a side surface are closed, and has an opening with a front surface opening. It has a shape having. Then, the heat insulating box 700 is connected to a plurality of storage rooms (for example, a refrigerator room 2, an ice making room 3, a switching room 4, a vegetable room 5, a freezing room 6, etc.) by, for example, a plurality of (two in the figure) partition plates 24. It is partitioned. A sheet metal cover 34 (for example, having a thickness of 0.5 mm or more) formed of a sheet metal is attached to the front surface of the partition plate 24 by a fixing member such as a screw. The partition plate 24 is attached to the heat insulating box 700 by fastening the sheet metal cover 34 to the heat insulating box 700 with screws or the like. As described above, by attaching the partition plate 24 to the heat insulating box 700 using the sheet metal cover 34, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved.

  In addition, the refrigerator 1 or the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment includes, for example, a shelf 80 installed in a storage room such as a refrigerator room 2, a vegetable room 5, and a freezer room 6 or a drawer type storage room. A rail portion (for example, a rail or a rail holding portion) 755 for supporting a storage room (for example, a drawer-type door or a drawer case) is formed on the side wall 790.

  The heat-insulating box 700 having such a configuration is manufactured, for example, as follows. First, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is bonded and fixed to the outer box 710 in advance using a second adhesive. Then, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are fixed by, for example, bonding in a state where the space 315 in the wall is provided. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 14, with the back side of the heat insulating box 700 facing upward, a raw material of liquid hard urethane foam is injected from the injection ports 703 and 704 of urethane or the like formed on the back side. By performing integral foaming in the space 315, the space 315 in the wall is filled with rigid urethane foam.

  In the present embodiment, urethane is applied to a portion where vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (for example, concave portion 440 or second concave portion 441 or side wall 790 or door (7, 8, 9, 10, 11)). Its main purpose is not to use it as a heat insulating material, but to use it as an adhesive. That is, in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, the insulation performance is ensured by setting the covering rate or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more. For example, in a part or the entire range of the concave portion 440, the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is applied or filled, for example, hard urethane is used as an adhesive mainly for an adhesive function. Therefore, the adhesive applied or filled in the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the wall (the rear wall 730 of the refrigerator 1) and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) is used as an adhesive. Since it is sufficient that the adhesive strength (adhesive strength, adhesive performance) can be satisfied, it is better that the predetermined thickness as the adhesive is thin, and is about 11 mm or less, preferably about 6 mm or less.

  In addition, in order to satisfy the adhesive strength (adhesive performance) as an adhesive and to secure the box strength at the time of adhesion to a predetermined value or more, it is necessary that the adhesive thickness of the adhesive is not less than a predetermined thickness, 1 mm or more is desirable. Here, even if there are irregularities on the surface of the vacuum insulating material 400 and irregularities on the surface of the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710), the entire surface of the space between the vacuum insulating material 400 and the inner box (or the outer box) is covered. A method in which the adhesive spreads over substantially the entire surface including the uneven portion of the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) by applying or filling the adhesive. Therefore, it is preferably about 3 mm or more.

  Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided not only in the concave portion 440 provided in the back wall, but also in other portions of the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, the partition wall 24, and the like. In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is opposed to the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the wall surface (the inner box 750 or the outer box 710 or the partition wall) may be directly adhered similarly to the concave portion 440. The space 315 may have a predetermined thickness as an adhesive. Therefore, the predetermined thickness of the adhesive is preferably about 11 mm or less, preferably about 6 mm or less, and about 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more.

  Here, on the back side of the heat-insulating box 700, the inlets 703 and 704 for filling a foamed heat insulating material such as urethane are provided. In the space 315 (space between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750), it is difficult to arrange the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to fill the hard urethane foam. Thus, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 12, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the rear side of the heat insulating box 700 except for the portions facing the inlets 703 and 704. For example, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in which a portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704 is notched is used, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed so that the cutout 33 is located in a portion facing the injection ports 703 and 704. It is arranged so as not to hinder the filling and flow of urethane.

  Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 is not, for example, an integral body but is divided into a plurality (for example, two to three) and arranged side by side. A vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a notch 33 such as a notch or an opening that is substantially equal to or larger than the size of the inlets 703 and 704 may be provided at the opposing portion. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not need to be divided, and may be one vacuum heat insulating material 400. If a notch or an opening is provided in the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to prevent or prevent the urethane filled from the inlets 703 and 704 from filling or flowing into a required portion in the heat insulating box 700, one sheet of the urethane is not required. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be used.

  In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a notch 33 at at least one corner, and the notch 33 is arranged so as to face the inlets 703 and 704. When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is installed in the heat insulating box 700, the notch 33 is formed at a corner at a position facing the inlets 703, 704, and at a portion facing the inlets 703, 704. The notch 33 formed at the corner of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged so that the inlets 703 and 704 do not interfere with the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is reduced. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be disposed so as to be large and avoid the injection ports 703 and 704 (the undiluted solution of the rigid urethane foam can be injected without being disturbed by the vacuum heat insulating material 400). By arranging the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in such a configuration, it is possible to provide the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 which is excellent in heat insulating performance and can secure the box strength. Here, when the notch 33 is not provided in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged so as to avoid the inlets 703 and 704. (The vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be arranged at a position where it does not interfere with the inlets 703 and 704.)

  Here, it is desirable that the inlets 703 and 704 be located between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790.

  The positions where the inlets 703 and 704 are formed are merely examples, and are appropriately formed according to the shape of the heat insulating box 700, that is, the shape of the space 315 in the wall formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. do it. Therefore, the positions where the inlets 703 and 704 are provided are formed on any one side (left side, right side, front, back, top, bottom, etc.) according to the shape of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1. I just need.

  FIG. 22 is a rear view of another heat insulating box 700 representing the embodiment of the present invention. 1 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted. In FIG. 22, similarly to FIG. 12, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown penetrating the rear surface of the outer box 710 to facilitate understanding of the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 arranged on the back wall of the refrigerator 1 ( That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is shown by a solid line).

  In FIG. 22, filling ports (filling ports) 703 and 704 for filling or injecting hard urethane foam or the like provided on the back side of the heat insulating box 700 are provided at the lower rear or upper rear of the heat insulating box 700. Four places are provided near the four corners (near the four corners) of the back wall part except the chamber 1A. The filling ports 703 and 704 are arranged at a predetermined distance Y1 from the left end or the right end of the box 700 in the width direction, and at a predetermined distance Y2 from the upper end or the lower end or the end of the machine chamber 1A in the vertical direction. ing. Here, assuming that the thickness of the side wall 790 is T1 mm and the length of the filling port in the width direction (diameter in the case of a circle) is r1, the predetermined distance Y1 in the width direction is from the filling ports (injection ports) 703 and 704 to urethane. It is preferably T1 + r1 or less so that the filler such as urethane flows smoothly into the side wall 790 when the filler such as is filled. For example, when the thickness of the side wall 790 is about 20 mm to 50 mm and the diameter r1 of the filling ports 703 and 704 is about 25 mm to 50 mm, the filling ports 703 and 704 are separated from the end of the side wall 790 by a predetermined distance T01 mm (for example, 10 mm) or more. If it arrange | positions, the predetermined distance Y1 will be more than T01 + r1 and less than T1 + r1, Therefore, It is preferable that it is about 35 mm or more and 80 mm or less.

  The predetermined distance Y2 in the vertical direction is the thickness of the ceiling wall or bottom wall or the thickness of the heat-insulating partition wall separating the machine room and the storage room when a filler such as urethane is filled from the filling ports (filling ports) 703 and 704. Is T2 mm, and the length of the filling port in the vertical direction (diameter in the case of a circle) is r2, preferably T2 + r2 or less so that the filling material such as urethane flows smoothly in the ceiling wall, the bottom wall, or the partition wall. Since the thickness of the ceiling wall, the bottom wall, or the partition wall is about 20 mm to 50 mm and the diameter r2 of the filling ports 703, 704 is about 25 mm to 50 mm, the filling ports 703, 704 are placed at a predetermined distance T02 mm from the end of the wall surface ( If it is arranged at a distance of, for example, 10 mm or more, the predetermined distance Y2 is at least T02 + r2 and at most T2 + r2. Preferred.

  Here, as shown in FIG. 8, when the convex portion 450 protruding toward the room (storage room) side is provided, the filling ports 703 and 704 are provided in the range where the convex portion 450 is provided (the region where the convex portion 450 is provided). If the hypotenuse 456 of the substantially triangular shape is within the predetermined portions 797 and 798 connected to the back wall 730 or the side wall 790), the filling can be smoothly performed. If so, it is preferable that T01 + r1 or more and T1 + A or less, and the predetermined distance Y2 is preferably T02 + r2 or more and T2 + B or less, where B is the vertical length of the projection 450. Therefore, if the length A of the convex portion 450 is, for example, 180 mm to 200 mm, the predetermined distance Y1 is equal to or less than 250 mm (preferably, approximately 230 mm or less). Even if it hits 456 (which may be arc-shaped), there is no problem because the inclined side is inclined and can be smoothly injected into the side wall 790 or the ceiling wall 740.

(Rail member on side wall)
Here, a case in which a rail portion (for example, a rail or a rail attachment portion) 755 for supporting the shelf 80 or a drawer-type storage room (for example, a drawer-type door or a drawer case) is formed on the side wall 790 will be described.

  FIG. 24 is a cross-sectional view of a main part in the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of the refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 25 is a cross-sectional view of a main part near a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to the embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view of a main part near a rail attachment part of another refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view of a main part in the vicinity of a rail mounting portion of another refrigerator according to an embodiment of the present invention. In FIGS. 24 to 27, the same parts as those in FIGS. 1 to 14 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and description thereof will be omitted. Also, in FIGS. 24 to 27, the same parts are denoted by the same reference numerals, and therefore, description will be made in one figure and description in other figures will be omitted.

  In FIG. 24, on a side wall 790, for example, a shelf 80 or a drawer-type storage room (for example, a drawer-type door or A rail portion (for example, a rail member attaching portion or a rail holding portion) 755 for supporting a drawer case or the like is formed in the inner box 750 by a concave inner box concave portion 717 or a convex inner box convex portion, and the like. Is fixed to an inner box 750 or a reinforcing member 731 or a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane by a rail fixing member 735 such as a screw. Therefore, on the side wall 790, the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as hard urethane foam, which is the third intervening member filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, is increased to a predetermined thickness (about 11 mm or less, preferably When the wall thickness is set to be less than 10 mm and more preferably about 6 mm or less to reduce the wall thickness and increase the storage chamber volume, fixing members such as screws for fixing or holding the rail members or the reinforcing members are vacuum. There is a possibility that the outer packaging material of the heat insulating material 400 may be damaged or broken.

Here, when the length of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is shortened so as not to damage the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the fixing strength or holding strength for fixing or holding the rail member 810 is reduced, and the case 520 or the shelf is attached to the rail member 810. When the storage product is stored or placed when the storage device 80 or the like is installed, the fixing member 735 may be detached from the inner box 750 due to the weight of the storage product, the case 520, the shelf 80, or the like. When the case 520 is pulled out when the case 520 is drawn out, such as in the case of a drawer case having a two-stage rail configuration, when the case 520 is installed on the rail member 810, the weight of the storage item or the case 520 is changed. There is a possibility that the rail portion 755 may be deformed at the mounting portion of the inner box 750 facing the rail member 810 or the reinforcing member 731 so that the drawer case 520 cannot be pulled out smoothly. Here, it is difficult to make the length (length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw inserted and fixed in the urethane 701 shorter than about 10 mm in order to secure the strength, and usually about 15 mm or more. The thickness of the hard urethane foam 701, which is the third intervening member between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, is about 15 mm or less (preferably 11 mm or less (preferably smaller than 10 mm)). It was difficult to do. In particular, since urethane used in the past is used in a small range of 60 kg / m ³ or less in order to ensure heat insulation performance, there are many voids in the urethane, and the strength for holding fixing members such as screws is small. The length of a fixing member such as a screw is required to be long.

  In the embodiment of the present invention, a shelf 80 or a drawer-type case (for example, a drawer-type storage room or a door of a storage room or a door of a drawer-type storage room) installed in a room (such as a storage room) is provided on the heat insulating box 700 or the side wall 790 of the refrigerator 1. A rail portion (for example, a rail mounting portion or a rail holding portion) 755 for supporting a drawer case 520 is formed in the inner box 750, and the inner box 750 at a portion opposed to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is formed. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer case 710 and the outer case 710. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a position facing the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750, the fixing member 735 such as a screw is not used instead of the side wall 790. It may be provided on the lower partition wall 24 forming the chamber, the upper partition wall (upper wall) 24 forming the chamber, the ceiling wall 740, or the bottom wall 780. In this case, the fixing member is provided on the bottom wall 780 near the side wall 790, the lower partition wall 24, the upper partition wall 24, or the ceiling wall 740, so that the lower wall 780 or the lower partition wall 24 is provided. Alternatively, when the vacuum heat insulating material is also provided on the ceiling wall 740 or the partition wall 24 on the upper surface, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided by avoiding or notching the portion where the fixing member 735 is provided. . By doing so, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be provided on the side wall 790 and the wall thickness can be reduced.

In the embodiment of the present invention, the length (the length of the screw portion) of the fixing member 735 such as a screw inserted into the urethane 701 used as the third intervening member may be smaller than about 10 mm. If the urethane, which is the third intervening member, is used in a range where the density of the urethane is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the voids in the urethane are reduced as compared with the case where the density is less than 60 kg / m ³ . Since the strength of the urethane holding the fixing member 735 increases, the holding strength of the fixing member 735 improves. In this case, a resin or metal plate-like reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 is formed between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the fixing member 735 is fixed by inserting the fixing member 735 into the screw fixing portion 731. May be. The thickness of the reinforcing member 731 may be a thickness capable of holding or fixing the fixing member 735 such as a screw, and is set to be about 2 mm or more and about 10 mm or less. Even in this case, if the density of urethane as the third intervening member is set to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength of the reinforcing member (screw fixing portion) 731 in the urethane 701 can be increased. The deformation and the like of the portion 755 and the fixing member 735 are suppressed, and the displacement of the reinforcing member 731 in the urethane 701 can be suppressed. Particularly in the case of two-stage rails structure drawn in two stages is fixed or holding strength of the fixing member is needed increases, the density of urethane if greater than 60 kg / m ^3, can be used without problems. Further, a portion for fixing the screw 735 even when the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is 11 mm or less (for example, smaller than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or less, and the length of the screw portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is 10 mm or less. The projecting length of the screw portion to the urethane heat insulating material 701 is reduced by the thickness (for example, 1 to 2 mm) of the inner box 750 of the (rail portion 755) or the thickness (for example, approximately 1 to 8 mm) of the reinforcing member 731. Therefore, the screw 735 does not damage or break the vacuum heat insulating material 400.

That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, and the rail section (rail mounting section) 755 to which the rail member 810 is mounted is provided on the side wall 790 where the rail member 810 for the drawer type storage room is provided. The thickness of the foam heat insulating material (for example, rigid urethane foam) 701 at the portion facing the above is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foam heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foam heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is 0. 3 or less, and by increasing the density of the rigid urethane foam to more than 60 kg / m ³ , detachment of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is suppressed, or holding strength or fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw increases. Since the rail 755 is not deformed, the case 520 can be smoothly taken in and out. Further, the rail portion (rail mounting portion) 755 for attaching the fixing member 735 such as a screw or the inner box 750 is not damaged, and the reliability is improved.

  The rail member 810 is fixed or held to the doors 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 of the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and is an upper rail 811 which is a movable rail that is pulled out when the door is opened. A lower rail 812, which is a fixed rail fixed to the side wall 790 of the chamber, an intermediate rail 813 provided between the upper rail 811 and the lower rail 812, and fixed to the lower rail 812 with a rail support fixing member 836 such as a screw or welding. Rail support portion 820, case support portion 830 fixed to upper rail 811 by a case support portion fixing member 835 such as a screw or welding, rotation supporting the engagement of intermediate rail 813 with upper rail 811 and lower rail 812. And a plurality of bearings 815 as support members. The rail support portion 820 is fixed to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 of the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 with a rail fixing member 735 such as a screw. In addition, the case supporting portion 830 supports the case 520 provided in the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and the case 520 is moved along with the movement of the upper rail 811 that is a moving rail in the front-rear direction. The case 520 moves in the front-rear direction (the case 520 moves in the front-rear direction with the movement of the upper rail 811). Further, the intermediate rail 813 moves in the front-rear direction with the movement of the upper rail 811 in the front-rear direction. Therefore, the case 520 of each of the storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 is provided with the upper rail 811 in synchronization with pulling out the storage compartment doors 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 with respect to the refrigerator 1 in the front-rear direction. When the storage room doors are fully opened, the case 520 is detachable upward.

  Here, the lower rail 812 and the rail support 820 may be formed integrally. That is, the lower rail 812 and the rail support portion 820 may be integrally fixed in advance by welding or the like. In this case, the screw which is the rail support portion fixing member 836 is not required, and assemblability is improved. Further, a part of the lower rail 812 may be used as the rail support portion 820. In this case, since welding and screws are not required, a rail member and a refrigerator with low cost and favorable assemblability can be obtained. .

  The rail support portion 820 of the rail member 810 is fixed or held by the rail fixing member 735 to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 constituting the side wall 790 of each storage room. Here, since the rail member 810 has a certain size, it protrudes (projects) toward the storage room when the rail member 755 is attached to the storage room side. To reduce the size, it is preferable that the rail portion 755 be recessed in the direction of the outer box 710 when viewed from the storage room side. Therefore, the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 has a shape recessed in the direction of the outer box 710, and the inner box recess 717 is formed. By attaching the rail member 810 from the storage room side to the inner case recess 717 in which the rail portion 755 is recessed toward the outer case 710 as described above, the volume in the storage room and the volume of the case 520 can be increased.

  On the outer box 710 side (opposite to the storage room side) of the rail section 755 of the inner box 750, a reinforcing member 731 is provided between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 The space between them is filled with a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane as a third intervening member, and the reinforcing member 731 is fixed or held by the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane so as to be substantially in close contact with the rail portion 755. Between the rail section 755 of the inner box 750 and the outer box 710, a rail section 755, a reinforcing member 731, a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane, a vacuum heat insulating material 400, and an outer box 710 are provided in this order from the inner box 750 side. Here, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, but the heat insulating performance and the box strength are covered by the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, an adhesive may be used as the third intervening member instead of the heat insulating material 701. In this case, a rigid urethane foam which is a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesion may be used as the adhesive. The outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are fixed with a second adhesive, which is a second intervening member such as hot melt or double-sided tape.

Here, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to about 15 mm or more (preferably 13 mm or more). Further, the thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is set to 11 mm or less (for example, smaller than 10 mm). The flexural modulus of the heat insulating material 701 can be increased, and the strength of the box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be improved. Further, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is smaller than the predetermined thickness P and is set to, for example, about 6 mm or less. Strength can be improved. Further, since the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is set to be larger than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is improved, and the loosening, detachment, and removal of the screw are suppressed. Is done. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731 is improved, and the occurrence of displacement of the reinforcing member 731, the deformation of screws due to the displacement, and the deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed, and the refrigerator is highly reliable. And equipment.

  In FIG. 25, a reinforcing member 731 is made of metal or resin, and is provided on a plate-shaped reinforcing member main body 734 to which the fixing member 735 is fixed, and at an upper end or an upper portion of the reinforcing member main body 734, and substantially horizontally. An upper plate-like reinforcing member extending portion 732 and a lower plate-like reinforcing member extending portion 733 provided at a lower end or a lower portion of the reinforcing member main body portion 734 and extending in a substantially horizontal direction. The main body 734, the upper portion 732 of the reinforcing member, and the lower portion 733 of the reinforcing member are integrally formed (assembled integrally) or integrally formed.

  The reinforcing member 731 is bonded to the outer box 710 side of the inner box recess 717 formed on the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 with a second adhesive such as a double-sided tape or hot melt, and then a heat insulating material such as urethane. By being filled with 701, it is fixed or held on the rail 755 of the inner box 750. The reinforcing member 731 has a U-shaped cross section in which the reinforcing member extending portion upper portion 732 and the reinforcing member extending portion lower 733 extend in the same direction from the end surface of the reinforcing member main body portion 734. The reinforcing member 731 is provided in a bottom portion (a concave portion) of the box concave portion 717, and the reinforcing member 731 is placed in a positional relationship in which the upper portion 732 of the reinforcing member is placed so as to face the upper step portion 718 of the concave portion forming the concave portion 717 of the inner box. It is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box recess 717. The lower part 733 of the reinforcing member is provided so as to face the lower part 719 of the concave portion forming the concave portion 717 of the inner box. Therefore, the reinforcing member 731 can easily position the upper part 732 of the reinforcing member or the lower part of the reinforcing member 733 with respect to the inner box 750. In addition, since the reinforcing member 731 can be attached to the inner box recess 717 so as to cover the outer box 710, the positioning or attachment of the reinforcing member 731 to the inner box 750 is facilitated. Strength is also improved. Here, the reinforcing member 731 has a reinforcing member extending portion upper portion 732 or a reinforcing member extending portion lower portion 733, if either one is formed or formed, the reinforcing member extending portion upper portion 732 or the reinforcing member extending portion lower portion 733 is formed. Since the positioning can be performed by the concave step upper portion 718 or the concave step lower portion 719, either one of them may be omitted (only one may be provided).

  In FIG. 25, the rail support portion 820 is formed integrally with the lower rail 812 which is a fixed rail of the rail member 810 by welding, so that the rail member 810 can be easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. is there. In addition, the rail member 810 is placed on the recessed step lower portion 719 which is the rail member placement portion of the inner box recessed portion 717 via the rail support portion 820 or the lower rail 812 which is a fixed rail, and the rail member 810 moves downward. A fixing portion that is positioned so as not to move, and that fixes or holds the rail support portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided on the upper surface side of the lower portion 719 of the concave portion, above the rail support portion 820 or the rail member 810 or It is fixed or held by a fixing part (movement suppressing part) so that the movement in the lateral direction is suppressed.

  Since the rail member 810 is mounted on the lower part 719 of the concave portion which is the rail member mounting portion, the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 is prevented from being deformed downward by the weight of the case 520. The door or the case 520 can be smoothly taken in and out. Here, the case 520 is composed of a case bottom wall and four case side walls, and is a container having an open upper surface. Since a draft angle is provided in manufacturing, the case side wall forming the case 520 faces downward from above. And is inclined in the direction of the central axis of the case 520. That is, the width of case 520 is formed such that the lower end is narrower than the upper end.

  Therefore, the clearance (length) between case 520 and side wall 790 is greater at the lower end than at the upper end of case 520. Therefore, when the case 520 is supported by the rail member 810, the rail member 810 may be supported below the case 520 in the height direction because the volume of the case 520 can be increased. If the case 520 is supported by the rail member 810 (for example, the case supporting portion 830) at a position of 1/2 or less, preferably 1/3 or less of the height of the case 520, the width of the case can be increased. it can. In this case, a case step portion 525 may be provided on the case side wall of the case 520, and the case support portion 830 of the rail member 810 may support the case step portion 525. By doing so, the case 520 can be easily supported. Further, it may be supported near the lower end of the case 520 in the height direction (for example, at a position of １ ／ or less, preferably １ ／ or less of the height of the case 520). If supported, it is not necessary to provide the case step 525 in the case 520, and the case 520 can be easily manufactured.

The density of a heat insulating material 701 (for example, rigid urethane foam) such as urethane filled between the inner box 750 in which the concave step lower portion 719 that is the rail mounting portion is formed and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710) is If it is larger than 60 kg / m ^3, the strength of the recessed step lower portion 719 which is the rail member mounting portion is improved, so that the rail member mounting portion for mounting the rail member 810 even when a heavy object is stored in the case 520. Since the lower part 719 of the concave portion does not deform, the case 520 can be stably taken in and out, and a highly reliable refrigerator and equipment can be obtained.

  24 and 25, the inner box recess 717 can accommodate at least a part (for example, the rail support portion 820) or the entirety of the rail member 810, so that the rail member 810 is moved to the storage room side. The protrusion amount can be reduced, and therefore, the volume in the storage chamber can be increased, and the volume of the case 520 can be increased.

  FIGS. 24 and 25 illustrate an example in which the reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box recess 717 in which the inner box 750 is recessed when viewed from the storage chamber side. This is an example in which a reinforcing member 731 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box protrusion 727 projecting from the storage room side. In the figure, an inner box 750 forming a side wall 790 has a rail portion 755 protruding toward the storage room side to form an inner box protrusion 727. The inner box convex portion 727 has a convex step upper portion 728 and a convex step lower portion 729, and a convex shape is formed by the convex step upper portion 728 and the convex step lower portion 729.

  In FIG. 26, the inner box protrusion 727 has a recessed shape when viewed from the outer box 710 side, and the reinforcing member 731 is housed in a recess formed on the outer box 710 side of the inner box protrusion 727 (see FIG. 26). At least a part or the whole is accommodated), and the positioning of the reinforcing member 731 in the up-down direction or the horizontal direction is performed under the convex step. In addition, since at least a part or all of the reinforcing member 731 is housed in the concave portion formed on the outer box 710 side of the inner box convex section 727, the amount of protrusion of the reinforcing member 731 toward the outer box 710 can be reduced. When filling the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710) and the inner box 750, the width of the flow path through which the urethane flows (the urethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the reinforcing member 731) The thickness (R) of the heat insulating material 701 can be suppressed from becoming narrow, so that it becomes difficult for urethane to flow. Therefore, since the flow of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is not hindered, the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane can be sufficiently secured between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the holding strength of the reinforcing member 731 is maintained. , Or a decrease in the fixing or holding strength of the rail fixing member 735 such as a screw.

  Further, since the rail support portion 820 is formed integrally with the lower rail 812 as a fixed rail of the rail member 810 by welding or the like, the rail member 810 can be easily assembled to the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail support portion 820 is placed on the partition wall 24 provided between the storage rooms or on the bottom portion 780, and is positioned so that the rail member 810 does not move downward. Alternatively, a fixing portion for fixing or holding the rail support portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided on the bottom portion 780, and is fixed so that the rail support portion 820 or the rail member 810 is prevented from moving upward or laterally. Section (movement suppressing section). Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the partition wall 24 or the bottom surface 780.

  The rail member 810 is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box recess 717 of the inner box 750 in FIGS. 24 and 25, and is provided on the outer box 710 side of the inner box protrusion 727 in FIG. The rail member 810 does not need to be provided in the inner box recess 717 or the inner box protrusion 727, and may be provided in a flat portion of the inner box 750 as shown in FIG.

  In FIG. 27, the rail member 810 is provided on the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750, and the rail portion 755 is fixed to a flat surface of the inner box 750 by a fixing member 735 such as a screw. Further, a reinforcing member 731 is provided on the surface of the rail portion 755 on the outer box 710 side, and the reinforcing member 731 is fixed or held by a heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the rail member 755 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. You. At this time, the reinforcing member 731 is filled with the heat insulating material 701 in a state of being adhered or fixed to the inner box 750 with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape, so that the inner box 750 has the outer box 710 side. It is held or fixed on the surface.

In FIG. 27, as in FIGS. 24 to 26, the density of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is greater than 60 kg / m ^3, so that the holding strength or the fixing strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw is improved. Looseness, detachment and removal of screws are suppressed. In addition, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the reinforcing member 731 is improved, and the occurrence of displacement of the reinforcing member 731, the deformation of screws due to the displacement, and the deformation of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 can be suppressed, and the refrigerator is highly reliable. And equipment.

  Further, the thickness P of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is set to 11 mm or less (for example, smaller than 10 mm), preferably 6 mm or less. Therefore, the flexural modulus of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane can be increased, and the strength of the box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be improved. Further, since the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the reinforcing member 731 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be smaller than the predetermined thickness P, for example, about 6 mm or less, further strength is provided. Improvement can be achieved.

  In FIG. 27, the end (for example, the lower end) of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 forms a protruding portion 757 in which the inner box 750 protrudes toward the storage room, and a rail is provided on the upper surface of the protruding portion 757. The rail support 820 of the member 810 is placed. The length of the protrusion 757 in the width direction toward the storage room is set to be smaller than the length of the rail member 810 in the width direction, so that the protrusion does not protrude into the storage room than the rail member 810. This suppresses the reduction of the storage chamber volume and the case volume.

  Further, since the rail support portion 820 is formed integrally with the lower rail 812 which is a fixed rail of the rail member 810 by welding or the like, it is easy to assemble the rail member 810 with the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Further, the rail support portion 820 is placed on the upper surface side of the protrusion 757 formed at the end (lower end) of the rail portion 755, and is positioned so that the rail member 810 does not move downward. A fixing portion for fixing or holding the rail support portion 820 with a screw or the like is provided on the upper surface side of the protruding portion 757, and the upward or lateral movement of the rail support portion 820 or the rail member 810 is suppressed. Fixed or held by the fixed portion (movement suppressing portion) as described above.

  Here, in FIGS. 24 and 26, since the rail portion 755 is provided near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780, the rail member 810 is attached near the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780. Since the case 520 is supported at a lower position in the height direction, the mounting strength of the rail member 810 may be improved, but in FIGS. 25 and 27, the rail portion 755 is connected to the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780. Since the rail member 810 has the predetermined distance G, the rail member 810 can be mounted above the partition wall 24 or the bottom wall 780 by the predetermined distance G, so that the support position of the case 520 can be set to the upper part. The case can be smoothly taken in and out. In addition, since the length of the case supporting portion 830 of the rail member 810 can be reduced, the strength can be improved, and a low-cost rail member and refrigerator can be obtained.

  Here, a case step portion 525 may be provided on the case side wall of the case 520, and the case support portion 830 of the rail member 810 may support the case step portion 525. By doing so, the case 520 can be easily supported. The case 520 may be supported below or in the vicinity of the lower end of the case 520 (for example, at a position of 以下 or less, preferably １ ／ or less of the height of the case 520). If the back surface is supported, it is not necessary to provide the step 525 on the case 520, and the case 520 can be easily manufactured.

Urethane or the like filled between the inner box 750 where the rail end (rail protruding section) 757 protruding toward the storage room side as the rail mounting section is formed and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (or the outer box 710). If the density of the heat insulating material 701 (for example, hard urethane foam) is larger than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength of the rail end 757 which is the rail member mounting portion is improved. However, since the rail protrusion 757, which is the rail member mounting portion on which the rail member 810 is mounted, is not deformed, the case 520 can be stably taken in and out, and a highly reliable refrigerator or device can be obtained.

  Here, the rail member 810 does not have to be provided on the side wall 790, and is a partition wall of a storage room where the rail member 810 is disposed (a partition wall provided between the storage rooms and the storage room, and a bottom surface of the storage room). Alternatively, it may be provided on the partition wall 24 forming the upper surface, the bottom wall 780, or the ceiling wall 740). That is, the rail support portion 820 that supports the rail member 810 may be provided on the partition wall (including the partition wall 24, the ceiling wall 740, or the bottom wall 780) (may be placed). As described above, if the rail support portion 820 supporting the rail member 810 is provided on the partition wall 24 of the storage room, it is not necessary to provide the fixing member 735 on the side wall 790. And the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the side wall 790 and the inner box 750 can be reduced. Therefore, the volume in the storage chamber or the volume of the case 520 can be increased.

Here, when the rail support portion 820 is provided on the partition wall, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed at a position where the rail fixing member 735 is provided on the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, or the ceiling wall 740. Good. If a reinforcing member such as a screw is fixed to the position where the rail fixing member 735 is provided, the fixing strength or holding strength of the fixing member is improved. When filling, applying or disposing a heat insulating material such as rigid urethane foam or styrene foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer member forming the partition wall, the density of the heat insulating material is larger than 60 kg / m ^3. Then, the holding or fixing strength of the fixing member for fixing or holding the rail member 810 or the reinforcing member is improved, so that the reliability is improved.

The above is the case where the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is fixed from the storage room side with screws or the like (the screw head of the screw as the fixing member 735 is provided on the storage room 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 side, and the fixing member 735 Is described between the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400). In this case, a screw head may be provided between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 (the screw portion may be the rail portion 755 or the rail reinforcing member 731). Alternatively, in this case, since the urethane density is higher than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength of the urethane 701 is increased and the urethane 701 is fixed to the fixing member 735 such as a screw. Since the fixing strength or holding strength of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane, the inner box 750 and the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane is increased, deformation of the inner box and the like, displacement of the reinforcing member 731 and loosening of screws are suppressed, and the case is prevented. 520 etc. can be pulled out smoothly (can be put in and out smoothly).

  In the embodiment of the present invention, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, hard urethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position facing the portion where the rail member of the side wall 790 is provided is set to 11 mm or less ( By setting the thickness to preferably less than 10 mm, the flexural modulus of urethane can be increased, so that the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall. Further, if the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, hard urethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position facing the portion where the rail member of the side wall 790 is provided is set to 6 mm or less, the urethane Since the flexural modulus can be further increased, the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall.

  Also, by setting the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) to 0.3 or less, the composite heat of the composite member combining the foamed heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material is set. Since the conductivity can be reduced, the heat insulation performance is improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, by setting the urethane foam density after foaming to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall.

  As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material (for example, rigid urethane foam) between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position facing the portion where the rail member of the side wall 790 is provided is reduced. 11 mm or less (preferably smaller than 10 mm), and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less, and the density of the urethane after foaming is set. Is larger than 60 kg / m3, the wall thickness can be reduced while maintaining the strength of the wall. Here, since the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material in the above formula is the thickness of urethane, the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is the urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750. Or the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or the urethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the reinforcing member 731. May be the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701. For example, when the thickness of the foamed heat insulator is the thickness R of the heat insulator 701 such as urethane between the vacuum heat insulator 400 and the reinforcing member 731, the thickness of the foam heat insulator R / (the thickness of the foam heat insulator) (R + thickness of vacuum heat insulating material) may be set to 0.3 or less. Similarly, when the thickness is P or Q, the thickness R may be replaced with P or Q. The thickness of the urethane shown in FIGS. 17, 18 and 19 is also the thickness of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rail 755 of the inner box 750. P, the thickness Q of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, and the thickness R of the heat insulating material 701 such as urethane between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the reinforcing member 731. May be.

  If the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 20 MPa or more, the wall thickness can be further reduced. Here, instead of fixing the rail member to the side wall 790, the rail member may be fixed to the bottom wall 780 near the side wall 790, the bottom partition wall 24, the top wall (ceiling wall) 740, or the top partition wall 24. good. Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not arranged between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 facing the portion where the fixing member such as a screw is provided, the bottom wall 780 where the fixing member is provided or the partition wall 24 on the lower surface or The ceiling wall 740 or the upper partition wall 24 is preferably a wall or a partition wall that does not come into contact with the outside air. It is preferable to minimize the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided on the wall (for example, the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the back wall 730, and the bottom wall 780) which is in contact with the outside air. An insulated box, refrigerator and equipment are obtained. By doing so, the area for disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 can be increased, so that the coverage or filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the heat insulating box 700 can be increased.

  Here, the heat insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment is provided with the vacuum heat insulating material 400, unlike the conventional technical idea that the rigid urethane foam in the heat insulating box 700 mainly performs a heat insulating function. The part is based on a new technical idea that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 plays a role in heat insulating performance and box strength. For this reason, the heat-insulating box 700 according to the first embodiment has a filling rate of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 in the wall inner space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 (the outer box 710 and the inner box The ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the total volume of the space 315 formed between the inner wall 315 and the inner wall 750 is set to a predetermined value or more (for example, 40% or more (preferably 45% or more)). Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is a ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space in the door between the door outer plate and the door inner plate forming the outer contour of the door. Is also included.

  Conventionally, the vacuum heat insulating material is arranged so that the ratio (coverage) of the area occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material to the surface area of the outer box 710 or the inner box 750 falls within a predetermined range. Since the influence is not taken into consideration, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is made larger than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 so that the strength of the heat insulating box is made to be given by the hard urethane. Conventionally, the cover rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to improve the heat insulating performance of the box. However, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to improve both the heat insulating performance and the box strength. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is small (for example, the filling rate in a conventional refrigerator is about 20%), the heat insulating performance may not be improved in some cases, and the strength of the box depends on rigid urethane foam. In the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged based on the concept of the filling rate in consideration of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, so that the heat insulating performance is not improved as in the related art. By setting the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more (for example, 40% or more), the heat insulating performance is improved, and the wall thickness can be reduced while satisfying the box strength and the heat insulating performance. The room volume can be increased, and the storage room volume required for the product can be set to a predetermined volume or more. That is, since the length, width, thickness, and location of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be appropriately set, the wall thickness can be reduced, and the storage chamber volume can be increased accordingly.

  As described above, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 as compared with the related art, the heat insulating performance is improved as compared with the related art. It becomes possible to ensure the heat insulation performance to the same level or more as before.

(Other configurations of the first air path component)
As described above, in the embodiment of the present invention, for example, the width direction length of the first air path component 762 forming a part of the cool air path 760 shown in FIGS. 4, 5, 6, 8, and the like. The width is smaller than the width of the concave portion 440, and a fixing member such as a screw, a hooking structure, or a fitting is formed on the convex portion 450, the second concave portion 441, or the protruding portion 910 forming the second concave portion 441. It is fixed or held by a structure or the like. Here, the width in the width direction of the first air path component 762 forming a part of the cool air path 760 is extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 so as to cover a part of the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790, and the first wind The road component 762 may be fixed or held on the inner surface of the side wall 790 by a fixing member such as a screw or a hooking structure or a fitting structure. Of course, the first air path component 762 may be fixed or held not only on the inner surface of the side wall 790 but also on the protrusion 910, the recess 440, the protrusion 450, or the like by a fixing member, a hooking structure, a fitting structure, or the like.

  Further, the width direction length of the first air path component 762 that forms a part of the cool air path 760 is extended to the inner surface of the side wall 790 so that at least one of the concave section 440 and the convex section 450 as well as the second concave section 441 is provided. By covering all or a part, the first air path component 762 can also serve as a design panel, and can cover at least a part or all of an inner surface of a rear wall or a side wall of a chamber (for example, a storage room), The first air path component 762 can be used as a cover member that covers a part of the back surface or the side surface. Therefore, in the case where the supply port for supplying the cool air from the cool air passage 760 to the room is provided in the first air passage component 762, the degree of freedom of arrangement is improved, and the stored items in the room can be efficiently cooled. Since a different member different from the inner box 750 can be used for the road component 762, the shape and color can be changed, and various processes, paints, character descriptions, and the like can be easily performed, so that functionality and design can be improved. When the first air path component is used as a cover member also as a design panel, the first air path component is formed in a substantially U shape, and at least a part of the inner surfaces of the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 forming the chamber, or the wall surface is formed. What is necessary is just to cover the whole inner surface. In this case, if the lighting device (in-compartment lighting) 900 is arranged on the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780 forming the room, the first air path component 762 as the cover member extends to the side wall 790. In addition, it is not necessary to cut out or provide an opening in the first air path component 762 in a portion where the lighting device 900 is installed, compared to a case where the lighting device 900 is provided on the inner surface of the side wall 790. The shape of the panel (first air path component 762) becomes easy, and a low-cost insulated box, refrigerator, and equipment can be obtained. Here, the design panel as the cover member may be formed so as to cover at least a part of the ceiling wall 740 and the back wall 730 forming the room, or the entire inner surface side of the wall surface.

(Urethane thickness, vacuum insulation filling rate)
Here, the relationship between the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the strength of the box will be described. FIG. 15 is a diagram showing the relationship between the density and the thermal conductivity of the rigid urethane foam, FIG. 16 is a diagram showing the density and the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam, and FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the urethane flow channel thickness when the rigid urethane is filled. FIG. 18 is a diagram showing the relationship between the thermal conductivity of urethane and FIG. 18 is a diagram showing the relationship between the thickness of the urethane flow channel and the flexural modulus of urethane when hard urethane is filled. FIGS. 15 to 18 show test results of a simulated structure in which hard urethane is filled and foamed between two surfaces having a predetermined gap (flow channel), and one surface of the flow channel is the first surface. A member is a steel plate (for example, a vacuum heat insulating material or a coated steel plate forming an outer box 710 which is an outer shell of the heat insulating box 700 of the refrigerator 1), and the other surface of the flow path is a resin (for example, a second member). ABS (acrylonitrile, butadiene, styrene copolymerized synthetic resin) or EPS (foamed plastic) resin used for the inner box 750.

In FIG. 15, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg / m ³ ) of the rigid urethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity [W / (m · K)] of the rigid urethane foam. In FIG. 16, the horizontal axis represents the density (kg / m ³ ) of the rigid urethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid urethane foam. In FIG. 17, the horizontal axis represents the thickness (mm) of the flow channel filled with the rigid urethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the thermal conductivity [W / (m · K)] of the rigid urethane foam. In FIG. 18, the horizontal axis represents the thickness of the flow channel (mm) filled with the rigid urethane foam, and the vertical axis represents the flexural modulus (MPa) of the rigid urethane foam. Here, the thickness of the flow path filled with the rigid urethane foam represents the thickness of the rigid urethane foam in a state where the flow path is filled with the rigid urethane foam and foamed.

  15 and 16, the rigid urethane foam has a higher thermal conductivity and flexural modulus as the density increases, and a lower thermal conductivity and flexural modulus as the density decreases. That is, the density and the thermal conductivity or the density and the flexural modulus are in a substantially proportional relationship.

  From FIGS. 17 and 18, the thermal conductivity of the rigid urethane foam decreases as the thickness of the flow path filled with urethane (or the thickness of the urethane foam in a state where the flow path is filled with the rigid urethane foam and foamed) is reduced. And the flexural modulus also increases. Therefore, as the thickness of the urethane after foaming in the flow channel increases, the thermal conductivity decreases and the heat insulating performance improves, but the flexural modulus decreases and the strength decreases. Therefore, when the wall thickness was reduced by reducing the thickness of the urethane, there was no problem in the strength because the flexural modulus increased, but the thermal conductivity became too large and the heat insulation performance deteriorated. Therefore, the thickness of the urethane cannot be made smaller than a certain value (for example, 15 mm).

  Here, in FIGS. 17 and 18, when the thickness of the flow path filled with urethane (or the thickness of urethane after foaming in the flow path) is reduced, the density increases, and when the density increases, FIG. As described above, the thermal conductivity increases and the heat insulation performance deteriorates. Here, as shown in FIG. 17, when the thickness of the flow path filled with urethane (or the thickness of urethane after foaming in the flow path) becomes equal to or less than a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm), the thermal conductivity rapidly increases. And heat insulation performance deteriorates. The rigid urethane foam foams between the first member and the second member forming the urethane flow path and solidifies while being bonded to the first member and the second member. Then, a boundary layer called a skin layer is formed on both sides (the first member side and the second member side) of the core layer.

  FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B are schematic diagrams of the cross-sectional shape after the rigid urethane foam has been foamed. FIG. FIG. 23B is a schematic view showing a cross section when 701A is filled, and FIG. 23B shows a third member (vacuum heat insulating material 400) interposed between the first member (inner box 750) and the second member (outer box 710). It is a schematic diagram showing a cross section in the case where a hard urethane foam 701A is filled between a first member and a third member.

  In FIG. 23A, a heat insulating wall provided with urethane foam-filled between a first member and a second member includes a first member (for example, inner box 750), a first skin layer 701B, and a core layer 701C. , A second skin layer 701D, and a second member (for example, outer box 710). On the other hand, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided as the third member between the first member (the inner box 750) and the second member (the outer box 710) as shown in FIG. The wall includes a first member (inner box 750), a first skin layer 701B, a core layer 701C, a second skin layer 701D, a third member (vacuum heat insulating material 400), a second adhesive 715, The two members (outer box 710) are arranged in this order. Note that the first skin layer 701B, the core layer 701C, and the second skin layer 701D constitute a rigid urethane foam 701A.

  The skin layer is formed near the first member, near the second member, or near the third member. When the urethane channel thickness (urethane thickness) is about 20 mm to 30 mm, which is the range conventionally used, The thickness of the skin layer is sufficiently small with respect to the thickness of the core layer, and has little effect on the density, thermal conductivity, and the like. The proportion of the thickness of the skin layer to the thickness increases, and the influence on the urethane density, thermal conductivity, and flexural modulus increases sharply, and the density, thermal conductivity, and flexural modulus rapidly increase. Therefore, the heat insulation performance deteriorates rapidly. In addition, as shown in FIG. 18, as the urethane density increases, the flexural modulus of the urethane sharply increases.

  Therefore, conventionally, when the thickness of the urethane is reduced, the flexural modulus is increased and the strength is improved. It was used in a range of about 30 mm. Conventionally, urethane is provided as a main heat insulating material and vacuum heat insulating material is provided as an auxiliary heat insulating material. 〜20 mm was secured.

  However, in the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material is the main heat insulating material, and furthermore, the heat insulating wall is formed with the idea that the vacuum heat insulating material has the strength of the box, so that the vacuum heat insulating material is provided. Since the hard urethane in the part where it does not require heat insulation performance, there is no problem even if the thickness is less than a predetermined thickness (for example, 11 mm, preferably 6 mm). So good. When the predetermined thickness is 11 mm or less, the influence of the thickness of the skin layer on the core layer becomes large, and the thermal conductivity sharply increases, and the heat insulating performance rapidly decreases. It was difficult to: Conventionally, it has been difficult to reduce the average thickness of the rigid urethane foam to 11 mm or less even if the predetermined value can be reduced to 11 mm or less in a locally small range. Further, when the predetermined thickness is 6 mm or less, the influence of the thickness of the skin layer on the core layer is further increased, and the heat insulating performance is further deteriorated. Since the material 400 has the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700, there is no problem even if the urethane is used with a reduced thickness. Therefore, in the present embodiment, by setting the thickness of the rigid urethane foam to 11 mm or less (preferably smaller than 10 mm), the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam is increased, and the strength (rigidity) of the box 700 is increased. Can be improved. If the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is set to 6 mm or less, the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam can be further increased, so that the strength (rigidity) of the box 700 is further improved.

  In the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, the thickness of the urethane can be increased by the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, about 15 mm to 30 mm), so that the thickness of the urethane is 20 mm to 40 mm. The urethane can be used in the range where the thermal conductivity of urethane rapidly increases (thickness of urethane is 11 mm or less), and the degree of increase (gradient) in the thermal conductivity of urethane is small ( For example, since the thickness of the urethane can be used within a range of, for example, 15 mm or more, the heat insulation performance of the urethane can be ensured to be equal to or less than a predetermined value even when considering the variation in the thickness of the urethane. Therefore, both the strength of the heat insulating box 700 and the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be satisfied.

  Here, the first member used on one surface of the urethane flow path is made of a resin (for example, ABS (acrylonitrile, butadiene, styrene copolymerized synthetic resin) used for the inner box 750) or EPS (foam plastic or the like). Resins)) are used. On the other surface of the flow path, a steel plate such as an aluminum vapor-deposited film which is an outer packaging material of the vacuum heat insulating material or a coated steel plate (PCM) forming the outer box 710 is used.

  Next, in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441), the thickness of the heat insulating wall provided with the urethane foam and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material + The ratio of urethane thickness to urethane thickness (= urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + vacuum insulation material thickness)) and composite thermal conductivity (heat of insulation wall combining vacuum insulation material and urethane) (Conductivity) will be described.

  FIG. 19 shows the relationship between the ratio of the urethane thickness to the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material and the heat insulating material including urethane when the wall thickness (thickness between the inner walls of the wall) is constant at 27 mm and the composite thermal conductivity. FIG. In FIG. 19, the horizontal axis represents the ratio of the thickness of the urethane to the thickness of the heat insulating material obtained by combining the vacuum heat insulating material and the urethane, that is, the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the urethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material). The axis represents the composite thermal conductivity (the thermal conductivity of the combined vacuum insulating material and urethane). Here, the sum of the thickness of the urethane and the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, that is, the thickness of the urethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is defined as the inner wall thickness.

  From FIG. 19, it can be seen that when the urethane thickness is smaller than the wall thickness, the composite thermal conductivity is smaller and the heat insulation performance is improved. Here, the composite thermal conductivity indicates the thermal conductivity of a composite member in which urethane and a vacuum heat insulating material are combined. In the figure, the inclination changes when the thickness of the urethane / the thickness in the wall is 0.3, and the urethane thickness / wall thickness is larger than 0.3. When the thickness / inside wall thickness is about 0.3 or less, the inclination is small and the rate of decrease in the composite thermal conductivity is small. The figure shows the test confirmation with a constant wall thickness, so the smaller the urethane thickness / wall thickness ratio, the smaller the urethane thickness and conversely, the larger the vacuum insulation material. Therefore, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material to the thickness in the wall becomes large. That is, when the thickness of the urethane becomes smaller than the thickness in the wall, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material to the thickness of the urethane increases. In the figure, when the thickness of the urethane / the thickness in the wall is about 0.6, since the thickness of the urethane is larger than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, the heat conductivity of the urethane is the composite heat conductivity (the vacuum heat insulating material). And the combined thermal conductivity is large (poor thermal insulation performance). As the thickness of the urethane / wall thickness decreases, the ratio of the thickness of the vacuum insulating material to the thickness of the urethane increases, so the thermal conductivity of the vacuum insulating material is higher than the thermal conductivity of the urethane. Has a greater effect on the composite thermal conductivity, and as a result, as the thickness of urethane / (thickness of urethane + thickness of vacuum heat insulating material) becomes smaller, a composite of urethane and vacuum heat insulating material is combined. The thermal conductivity (composite thermal conductivity) of the member decreases. Here, when the thickness of the urethane / (the thickness of the urethane + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is about 0.3, the influence of the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material is larger than that of the urethane. Since the influence on the conductivity is large, the rate of decrease in the composite thermal conductivity is also large. Performance is greatly improved.

  However, since the ratio of the urethane thickness to the wall thickness, that is, the urethane thickness / (urethane thickness + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) becomes smaller than about 0.3, the composite thermal conductivity decreases. Of the composite thermal conductivity decreases (the rate of decrease of the composite thermal conductivity decreases). This is because the ratio of the urethane thickness to the wall thickness, that is, the urethane thickness / wall thickness was reduced, so that the insulation performance of the composite member (the member combining urethane and the vacuum heat insulating material) was reduced by the vacuum. It is considered that the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating material became dominant, and the influence of the heat insulating performance of urethane on the heat insulating performance of the composite member became smaller. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the heat insulating wall formed by the composite member (the heat insulating member in which both the urethane and the vacuum heat insulating material are formed adjacently), the thickness of the urethane / the thickness in the wall is 0.3 or less. If the thickness of the urethane is set so as to satisfy, the rate of decrease in the heat insulation performance is reduced, so that even if the thickness of the urethane or the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material varies, the variation in the heat insulation performance can be reduced. . Conversely, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material / the thickness in the wall may be set to 0.7 or more.

  Therefore, if the urethane thickness is set so that the thickness of the urethane / the thickness in the wall is about 0.3 or less, the composite thermal conductivity can be reduced, and the heat insulating performance of the composite member is greatly improved. If the thickness of the urethane / the thickness in the wall is set within the range of 0.3 or less in consideration of the variation in the thickness of the urethane (or the variation in the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material), the Even if the thickness or the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material varies, the deterioration of the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be suppressed, and the fluctuation of the composite thermal conductivity of the composite member can be suppressed. Insulated boxes, refrigerators, equipment, etc. are obtained.

FIG. 20 shows the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, which is the ratio of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 in the wall, and the deformation amount of the heat insulating box when a load is applied to the heat insulating box 700. It is a figure showing a relation. 20, the horizontal axis represents the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, and the vertical axis represents the deformation amount of the heat insulating box. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is a ratio (ratio) of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 in the wall, and the deformation amount of the heat insulating box is, for example, the heat insulating property of the refrigerator 1 or the like. In the box, a predetermined load is applied in a substantially horizontal direction (lateral direction, left and right direction when the front opening is viewed from the front) at a height of about 1/4 from the side of the box with the door. Is a calculation result of the amount of deformation of the upper end position of the side wall 790 of the box 700 in the left-right direction (lateral direction) when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20%. FIG. 20 shows the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, 65%), the urethane density (for example, 60 kg / m ³ ), the flexural modulus of the urethane (for example, 9 MPa), the flexural modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material (for example, 15 MPa), and the composite member. The thickness (for example, 28 mm) and the wall thickness (for example, 30 mm) obtained by adding the thickness of the outer box and the inner box were constant, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material was changed by changing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material. It is the result of the case.

  In FIG. 20, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material increases, the amount of box deformation decreases. This is because the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material is larger than the bending elastic modulus of urethane. Is increased, and the rigidity of the box 700 is increased. When the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40% or more, the reduction rate of the deformation amount of the box becomes extremely small, and the deformation amount of the box hardly changes even when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased. It is considered that this is because the degree of influence of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the strength of the box (deformation of the box) was almost saturated.

  Since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a higher flexural modulus than the rigid urethane foam, the ratio (ratio) of the volume of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume in the space 315 is increased (the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased). Thus, the amount of deformation of the heat-insulating box 700 can be reduced, so that the heat-insulating performance of the heat-insulating box 700 is improved, and the strength of the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the box of the device can be increased. At this time, if the filling rate is increased by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the heat insulating performance can be improved together with the effect of the strength UP of the box body. Here, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulator may be increased by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulator, but the ratio of the surface area of the vacuum heat insulator 400 to the surface area of the box 700 (coverage rate of the vacuum heat insulator) May be increased to increase the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material. In this case as well, it is possible to increase the strength of the box body. The filling rate of the material can be increased. In addition, if the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, the arrangement range (arrangement portion) of the vacuum heat insulating material is increased, and the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced. Only the storage chamber volume can be increased.

  In this embodiment, for example, at least a part of the space 315 between the outer box 710 forming the outer shell of the heat insulating box and the inner box 750 forming a part of the inner wall of the storage room of the heat insulating box is vacuum insulated. By providing the material 400, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is 40% or more, and the area ratio (coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the outer box 710 is 60% or more. A highly insulated box, refrigerator, equipment, etc. having high box strength and high reliability can be obtained. Here, in the present embodiment, since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a higher flexural modulus than the rigid urethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box is configured to bear the wall strength of the heat insulating box 700, Since both body strength and heat insulation performance can be satisfied, and the wall thickness can be reduced, the storage chamber volume can be increased.

  In the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a higher bending strength than hard urethane is set to a predetermined value or more (or within a predetermined range), or the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is By setting both the temperature and the coverage to a predetermined value or more (or within a predetermined range), the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced while satisfying both the heat insulating performance and the box strength. Therefore, it is possible to increase the internal volume of the storage room without changing the outer size of the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1, and it is possible to increase the number of storages and storages that can be stored inside the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the device. Becomes When the wall strength is reduced, the heat insulating box 700 is distorted, for example, the shelves 80 installed inside fall off the rails and fall, or a drawer-type storage room (or a drawer-type door or case, or an opening / closing door). However, in the present embodiment, the filling rate and / or the covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to a predetermined value or more (within a predetermined range). Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box 700 can be reduced, and the strength and heat-insulating performance of the box can be improved, so that the shelves 80 fall off the rails and fall, or the drawer-type storage room (or It can be suppressed that the sliding property of the door, the case, or the opening / closing door is deteriorated and the reliability is reduced.

  In the heat insulating box 700 according to Embodiment 1, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is set to 90% or less. According to the technical idea according to the present embodiment as described above, it is ideal that all of the space 315 is made of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, as described in FIG. 11 and the like, the convex portion 450 or the protruding portion 910 is provided on the rear wall 730, and the rail portion 755 formed on the inner box 750 is provided to protrude into the space 315. When the heat-insulating box 700 is used in, for example, the refrigerator 1, a control device housed in the compressor 12 mounted in the machine room 1 </ b> A of the heat-insulating box 700 and the control board room 31 in the wall space 315. 30 (for example, for controlling the number of revolutions of the compressor) is also provided with a pipe 720 for accommodating a harness in which wirings are combined, so that the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased from 90%. Is also difficult to increase. When the heat-insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, the refrigerator 1, the refrigerant pipe 725 and the like are also provided in the space 315. For this reason, if it is attempted to dispose the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 exceeding 90%, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 conforming to the shapes of the wirings 720, the refrigerant pipe 725, the rail 755, and the like by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used. It becomes necessary and the shape of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes complicated, so that it becomes difficult to form (or form) the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Therefore, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 90% or less.

  In addition, in order to prevent the strength of the heat insulating box 700 from being reduced to cause distortion, it is necessary to bond the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 to the vacuum heat insulating material 400 so as to have an adhesive strength. The rail 755 for holding the shelf 80 installed in the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2) and other components (for example, the lighting device 900 or the mist device 200 or the partition wall 24) are attached to 750. And the shape is complicated. Therefore, it is easy to bond the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the outer box 710 side with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape, but the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is bonded to the inner box 750 side having a complicated shape. It is difficult to obtain strength.

  However, if the rigid urethane foam is used as an adhesive between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it can be filled and foamed while flowing into the space 315 in a two-phase state. Even when the protrusion 450, the protrusion 910, the rail 755, and other components are present, the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be bonded with urethane without any problem. Of course, a hard urethane foam may be filled as an adhesive between the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 or between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. At this time, if an unfilled portion (that is, a void) in which the rigid urethane foam is not filled occurs in the heat insulating box 700, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 deteriorates. Therefore, in the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, it is necessary to secure a predetermined gap (for example, about 1 mm or more, preferably about 3 mm or more) necessary for filling the rigid urethane foam. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is preferably 90% or less, and more preferably 80% or less.

  By the way, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 is increased, the filling rate of the rigid urethane foam in the space 315 is reduced. For this reason, it seems that there is a concern that the thickness of the urethane between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is reduced and the box strength of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced. However, the heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment can suppress a reduction in box strength by using the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 having better heat insulating performance and bending rigidity than urethane. In addition, in the present embodiment, since the thermal conductivity is brought about by the technical idea that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 mainly has a heat insulating function and strength, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material as shown in FIG. Is 40% or more, the strength of the box 700 can be improved even when the filling amount of the hard urethane is reduced. Also, as shown in FIG. 19, by increasing the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (that is, increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material), the composite heat insulating material combining the vacuum heat insulating material and the rigid urethane foam is combined. Since the thermal conductivity can be reduced, the heat insulating performance of the box 700 is also improved.

Here, when the density of the rigid urethane foam is increased to increase the flexural modulus (flexural rigidity), the heat insulating performance of the rigid urethane foam itself is reduced, but the covering rate and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are not less than a predetermined value. By doing so, the influence of the decrease in the heat insulation performance of urethane is small and does not pose a problem. In the heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 16, the rigidity of the rigid urethane foam is increased by increasing the density of the rigid urethane foam more than the conventional one, for example, more than 60 kg / m ^3. Can be set to 15 MPa or more, which is larger than the bending elastic modulus (for example, about 6 to 10 MPa) of the rigid urethane foam used for the conventional heat insulating box, and the box where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed. Strength can also be improved. Therefore, devices such as the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the showcase, and the water heater according to the present embodiment have a filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of 40% or more and a covering rate of 70% for the side and back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material. With the above setting, it is possible to suppress a decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid urethane foam, and it is also possible to prevent the heat insulating box 700 from being deformed due to being unable to withstand the distortion due to the weight of the stored item. That is, by increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved, and since excellent heat insulating performance is obtained, a highly reliable and energy-saving vacuum heat insulating material is provided. An insulated box, a refrigerator provided with a vacuum heat insulator, a showcase provided with a vacuum heat insulator, a water heater provided with a vacuum heat insulator, a device provided with a vacuum heat insulator, and the like are obtained.

  In addition, the density adjustment of the rigid urethane foam is performed, for example, by filling a larger amount of the rigid urethane foam stock solution into the space 315 than in the past (extending the injection time or increasing the injection pressure). Can be adjusted to be larger or smaller. In addition, the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam increases substantially in proportion to the density as shown in FIG. 16, so that it can be increased by increasing the density, and the higher the flexural modulus, the greater the rigidity of the box. Although it is good to increase, the flexural modulus of urethane is preferably set to 150 MPa or less. When the rigid urethane foam has a flexural modulus of more than 150 MPa, the rigid urethane foam has an excessively high density and cannot be foamed in a sponge form, and is hardened. When the elastic modulus is set to 150 MPa or less, a decrease in heat insulation performance can be suppressed, and a high-performance heat insulation box can be obtained.

In the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is applied to, for example, a refrigerator having the following specifications.
(1) The total thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is about 2 mm or less, and the average wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 including the thickness of the outer box 710 and the thickness of the inner box 750 is about 20 mm or more and about 40 mm or less. A heat insulating box is used (here, the average distance in the wall thickness direction (wall thickness) of the space 315 excluding the plate thickness of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is about 18 mm to 38 mm).
(2) The thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 10 mm to about 30 mm, and the rigid urethane foam in the space 315 in the wall of the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided (for example, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441). The average flow path width (urethane flow path thickness) in the wall thickness direction is 1 mm or more (preferably 3 mm or more), and 11 mm or less (preferably 6 mm or less).
(3) The heat conductivity of the rigid urethane foam is 0.018 W / (m · K) to 0.026 W / (m · K).
(4) The thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W / (m · K) to 0.0025 W / (m · K).
(5) The inner volume is 200L to 600L class, and the power consumption under predetermined conditions is about 60W or less.

  The heat insulating performance of the refrigerator 1 is set such that the filling rate and the covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are within predetermined ranges, and the size and thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are selected. Since 400 is dominant in the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box and the strength of the heat insulating box, the smaller the heat conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is, the better the combined heat conductivity of the heat insulating box can be reduced. , 0.0030 W / (m · K) or less. If the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 exceeds 0.0030 W / mK, the effect on the heat insulating performance due to the reduced wall thickness increases, the heat insulating performance deteriorates, and the power consumption increases. For this reason, in the present embodiment, by setting the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to 0.0030 W / (m · K) or less, it is possible to suppress the influence of the deterioration of the heat insulating performance on the reduction of the wall thickness. are doing. Also, the smaller the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the better. However, the cost required to reduce the heat conductivity by 0.001 W / (m · K) is greatly increased. A thermal conductivity of 0.0012 W / (m · K) or more is used. If the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0019 W / (m · K) or more and 0.0025 W / (m · K) or less, it is about 10 times smaller than that of the rigid urethane foam. The heat insulation performance of 700 is much better than before, and can satisfy product specifications. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a thermal conductivity of about 0.0012 W / (m · K) to about 0.0030 W / (m · K) (preferably 0.0019 W / (m · K) to 0.0025 W /). (Approximately (m · K) or less) may be used.

  As an example of the heat-insulating box 700 according to the embodiment of the present invention, Table 1 shows the relationship among the wall thickness, the filling rate of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400, the bending elastic modulus of the rigid urethane foam, and the box deformation of the heat-insulating box 700. Show. Item 1 in Table 1 is a conventional specification, in which the wall thickness is 40 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20%, and the flexural modulus of urethane filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 9 MPa. It is a result at the time of. Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 having a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa is used. According to items 1 and 2 in Table 1, when the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20% and the flexural modulus of urethane is 9 MPa, when the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced from 40 mm to 30 mm, the box strength decreases. . Therefore, when the wall thickness is reduced to 30 mm as shown in the item 3, if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased to 40% or more, the box deformation is slightly larger than the item 1 (conventional). It can be seen that the level is reduced to a level equivalent to the term 1 (conventional).

  As shown in item 4 of Table 1, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 is reduced from 40 mm (item 1 of Table 1) to 30 mm, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and urethane is used. If the flexural modulus of the material is 15 MPa or more (item 4 in Table 1), the amount of deformation of the box can be made smaller than that of the conventional product (item 1). It becomes possible to. That is, even if the wall thickness is reduced (for example, reduced from 40 mm to 30 mm), if the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the flexural modulus of urethane are set to predetermined values or more, the heat insulation without reducing the box strength is achieved. Performance can also be improved. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has a bending elastic modulus of 20 MPa or more, and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 40% or more, and the bending elastic modulus of the rigid urethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more. By doing so, even if the wall thickness of the heat insulating box is reduced (for example, from 40 mm to 30 mm), the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved as compared with the related art.

  Further, it is better to use an aluminum vapor-deposited film rather than an aluminum foil film for the outer wrapping material (outer film) forming the outer periphery of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In order to suppress heat leakage (a so-called heat bridge in which heat is transmitted from the front surface to the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and leaks through the outer heat insulating material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) generated along the outer heat insulating material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. In addition, as the outer packaging material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is better to use an aluminum vapor-deposited film that is less likely to cause a heat bridge than an aluminum foil film as the outer packaging material (exterior fill).

  The flexural modulus, thermal conductivity, and density of the rigid urethane foam in the first embodiment can be measured, for example, by cutting out a rigid urethane foam having a predetermined size (for example, 100 × 100 × 5 mm or more). good. In the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided, a plurality of pieces are cut out from the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided for each of the left, right, side, back, top, and bottom surfaces, and the average value is calculated. Good. (If only one location can be cut out, measurement may be made at a plurality of locations at one location, etc. instead). If the door is also provided with a vacuum heat insulating material, the urethane density, flexural modulus, and thermal conductivity of the door may be measured. In addition, even in a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided, a plurality of pieces may be cut out for each of the left and right side faces, the back face, the top face, and the bottom face, and the average value thereof may be calculated. In this embodiment, in any case, measurement is performed by cutting out from a place where it can be estimated that the density or the bending elastic modulus is large. When the rigid urethane foam cannot be cut out to a predetermined size such as when there is a refrigerant pipe 725 or a wiring component 720 such as a lead wire, a hard urethane foam having a predetermined size can be cut out at a position close to the center position. It should be in the position.

  In the present embodiment, the density or bending of the urethane in the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided and the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided is provided on each of the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, and the door. The elastic modulus is measured so that the urethane density or flexural modulus is equal to or higher than a predetermined value. By adjusting the free-form density of urethane, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material, the wall thickness, etc., between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, or between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710, or outside. The density or the flexural modulus of urethane interposed between the box 710 and the inner box 750 can be set to a predetermined value or more.

  Here, in the present embodiment, the urethane density and flexural modulus of at least the portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided for each of the six surfaces of the left and right side surfaces, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, and the door Is set to a predetermined value or more. In addition, the urethane density and the bending elastic modulus of at least a portion where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not provided may be set to a predetermined value or more for each surface. . Here, if the urethane density and the flexural modulus are set to be equal to or more than predetermined values for each of the six surfaces of the left and right sides, the back surface, the top surface, the bottom surface, and the door, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided. The strength is improved even in the part where it is not. In addition, since strength can be obtained for each individual surface, high strength can be set for only necessary portions, and a low-cost and highly reliable heat insulating box, refrigerator, and equipment can be obtained. Further, the density of the six surfaces of the left, right, right, rear, top, bottom and door, or the average value of the bending elastic modulus is set to be a predetermined value or more (density of 60 kg / m3 or more, bending elastic modulus of 15 MPa or more). By doing so, the strength of the entire box can be ensured, so that a highly reliable heat-insulated box, refrigerator and equipment can be obtained.

  In addition, the covering rate and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the left and right sides, the back face, the top face, the bottom face, and the six faces of the door or each face or a combination of a plurality of faces are predetermined values. If it is set as above, strength and heat insulation performance can be obtained for each individual surface, so it is possible to set high strength only for the necessary parts, low cost, high heat insulation and highly reliable heat insulation box, refrigerator, equipment can get. In addition, by setting the right, left, rear, top, bottom, or all six surfaces of the door to be equal to or more than a predetermined value, the strength of the entire box can be secured and the heat insulation performance can be improved. Highly reliable and highly insulated boxes, refrigerators and equipment can be obtained.

  As described above, in heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the coverage of vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is greater than a predetermined value (60%) (the coverage of the back side of vacuum heat-insulating material 400 is 70% or more). . In addition, since the filling rate of the rigid urethane foam is reduced by setting the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value (40%) or more, the heat insulating box and the strength of the heat insulating box are ensured. 700 can be made thinner than before. Therefore, since the heat insulation performance is improved, energy saving is achieved, and the inner volume of the storage room can be made larger than before by the thinner wall thickness. , Equipment can be provided. That is, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the inner volume (for example, the inner volumes of the storage rooms 2 to 6) can be made larger than before without changing the outer size of the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the showcase. Since the size can be increased, the number of items that can be stored in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 can be increased as compared with the conventional case. Therefore, a user-friendly and energy-saving device such as the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the showcase can be obtained. Conversely, if the internal volume (for example, the internal volumes of the storage rooms 2 to 6) is made equal to the conventional one, the external size can be reduced, so that energy-saving and compact equipment such as the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the showcase, and the hot water supply device. Is obtained.

  The form and shape of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 shown in the present embodiment are merely examples. For example, the storage article storage space of the heat insulating box 700 may be divided by three horizontal partition plates to form four storage spaces (storage rooms) in the vertical direction. Further, for example, five storage spaces (storage rooms) may be formed by dividing the storage space of the heat-insulated box 700 with three horizontal partition plates and further partitioning the storage partition space with the vertical partition plates. By increasing the number of the partition plates 24, the strength of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved. In other words, as the number of the storage plates and the number of the storage rooms are increased by increasing the number of the partition plates 24, the effect of improving the strength of the box by the partition plates is obtained. Therefore, the hard urethane foam of the portion covered by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 ( Even if the average thickness of the space 315 between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced (for example, 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less), sufficient box strength is ensured. Can be. For this reason, the inner volume of the storage room can be further increased without changing the outer size of the heat insulating box 700, and the number of stored items that can be stored inside the heat insulating box 700 can be further increased.

In the present embodiment, the internal structure of the partition plate 24 may have the same configuration as that of the heat insulating box 700. That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged in the inner space of the partition plate 24 and filled with the hard urethane foam. The hard urethane foam may be thin as long as it can be used as an adhesive, and may be thin, for example, about 11 mm or less, preferably less than 10 mm. And more preferably about 6 mm or less. Here, in many cases, the pipe 725 and the wiring 720 are not arranged in the partition plate 24 like the heat insulating box 700. In such a case, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 for the partition plate 24 is not provided. The filling rate may be set to 40% or more and 90% or less, which is the same as that of the heat insulating box 700. However, with respect to the partition wall 24, almost the entire size of the partition plate 24 (space in the partition plate 24) is vacuum insulated. Since the material 400 can be arranged, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be increased to about 40% to 95%. The flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam may be 15 MPa or more, and the density may be greater than 60 kg / m ³ . By arranging the vacuum heat insulating material 400 also in the partition plate 24 and setting the filling rate in a predetermined range, the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 can be further improved.

  In the present embodiment, in the case of a heat insulating box or a heat insulating wall provided with a vacuum heat insulating material, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is placed in the outer box 710 in the second box different from a urethane foam such as hot melt or double-sided tape in consideration of assemblability. Is bonded directly with an adhesive, and the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is filled with hard urethane foam as an adhesive mainly for bonding. A spacer 315 made of resin such as EPS is arranged in a space 315 formed between the inner box 750 and the inner box 750 so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is floated between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710. Rigid urethane foam may be filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 and between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be directly adhered to the inner box 750 with a second adhesive such as hot melt or double-sided tape so that urethane foam is filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710. .

  Here, when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged by being floated between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 by a spacer or the like, the inner surface side of the outer box 710 (the space between the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulator 400). ) May be provided with a refrigerant pipe 725 (for example, a condensation pipe) in the spacer space. The refrigerant pipe 725 is also a condensation pipe through which a high-temperature and high-pressure refrigerant discharged from the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A flows, and by heat conduction or the like via the pipe wall of the refrigerant pipe 725 and the outer box 710, The refrigerant flowing through the pipe 725 is cooled by air around the pipe 725 to condense the refrigerant, and is used as a condensation pipe. In addition, in the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, a resin spacer having a thickness equal to or larger than the diameter of the refrigerant pipe 725 is provided on the inner wall of the outer box 710 at a position that does not overlap with the refrigerant pipe 725 (a position that does not face the refrigerant pipe 725). Then, if the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached to the spacer, the refrigerant pipe 725 is laid on the outer box 710, and then the spacer to which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is attached is attached to the outer box 710 so as to cover the refrigerant pipe 725. It can be directly attached with a double-sided tape or the like, which facilitates production. In the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged at a predetermined interval from the inner box 750, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged at a predetermined interval from the outer box 710. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in the hard urethane foam, and the heat insulating performance is improved.

  As described above, in the present embodiment, the heat insulating box 700 is foam-filled so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is embedded in the hard urethane foam in the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. In this case, a condensation pipe 725 is often present between the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, but the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is connected to the outer box 710 with a resin spacer such as EPS. By providing a configuration having a predetermined distance, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be provided.

  Further, the higher the temperature of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the easier it is to absorb the surrounding gas, the lower the degree of vacuum inside, and the worse the thermal conductivity may be. If the outside air temperature is high, such as in summer, the ambient temperature (outside air temperature) of the outer box 710 may increase, and the temperature of the outer box 710 itself may also increase. Therefore, from the viewpoint of ensuring the reliability of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, it is desirable to keep the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer box 710 and the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725. By keeping the vacuum heat insulating material 400 away from the outer box 710 and the refrigerant pipe (condensing pipe) 725, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 due to a rise in temperature. Alternatively, if the structure is made to float away from the refrigerant pipe 725, it is possible to provide the heat-insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 which can suppress deterioration of the heat-insulating performance and have a long-term reliability.

  In addition, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may absorb the surrounding gas (air or the like) to lower the degree of internal vacuum and deteriorate the thermal conductivity. However, a resin space such as EPS is attached to the outer box 710. If the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is buried in the rigid urethane foam as described above, the amount of gas (such as air) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced. (Air and the like) can be suppressed, the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 due to a decrease in the degree of vacuum can be suppressed, and high heat insulation performance can be maintained for a long time, and the highly reliable heat insulating box 700, refrigerator 1, Equipment and the like can be provided.

In particular, in the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the rigid urethane foam has a higher density than the rigid urethane foam used in the conventional heat insulating box (the density is higher than 60 kg / m ^3). ) Is used, the number of bubbles in the rigid urethane foam is reduced by the higher the density, and the amount of gas (air amount) in the bubbles can be reduced. Therefore, if the surroundings of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are filled or arranged so as to be embedded or covered with the hard urethane foam, the amount of gas (such as air) around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced. A decrease in the degree of vacuum of 400 can be suppressed (the greater the urethane density, the smaller the number of voids in the urethane and the less the amount of air in the urethane). In particular, when the thickness of the urethane is thin (for example, when the thickness is 11 mm or less), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is apt to receive gas such as air from around the urethane. The effect of suppressing the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by reducing the amount of gas around is large. Therefore, it is possible to further suppress the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and to provide the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the equipment that are highly reliable in the long term.

  In the present embodiment, the heat insulation box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is disposed in the space 315 has been described as an example. However, even in the heat insulation box 700 in which the condensation pipe 725 is not provided in the space 315, the rigid urethane foam may be used. Of course, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be embedded in the inside. Since the amount of gas present around the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced, the deterioration of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be suppressed, and a long-term reliable heat insulating box 700 can be provided.

  Here, the inner box 750 is made of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 such as the case of the heat insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 in which the rail portion (a drawer rail or a concave portion of the drawer type storage room) 755 is not formed in the inner box 750. May be directly or easily adhered with an adhesive or a double-sided tape, the whole or a part of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided on the inner box 750 side.

  Here, in the case of the heat insulating box 700 in which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is directly attached to the inner box 750 side with a hot melt or a double-sided tape as in the present embodiment, a smaller amount of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is required. In addition, it is possible to provide the heat-insulating box 700 and the refrigerator 1 which are energy-saving and have more excellent internal volume efficiency of the storage room than before. That is, in the case of a substantially rectangular parallelepiped or cylindrical heat-insulating box 700, the surface area of the outer box 710 is larger than the surface area of the inner box 750. In this case, it is possible to obtain a heat insulating box, a refrigerator, a showcase, a water heater, and equipment that are low in cost and have good heat insulating performance, since they are smaller than the outer box 710. For example, when a vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is attached, a corner of a rectangular parallelepiped heat-insulating box 700 (for example, a corner or a top surface which is a connecting portion between the back and side surfaces of the heat-insulating box 700). At the corner of the side surface or at the corner of the top surface and the back surface, etc., the gap between the vacuum insulation materials 400 of the adjacent wall surfaces at the corner portion (for example, the vacuum insulation material 400 of the top surface and the vacuum insulation material 400 of the adjacent side surface). When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the outer box 710 side, the gap or distance between them becomes larger than when the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on the inner box 750 side. That is, by disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the inner box 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is formed between adjacent vacuum heat insulating materials 400 as compared with the case where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the same size is disposed in the outer box 710. The gap can be reduced, and the heat loss due to heat leakage is reduced by the reduced gap, so that it is possible to provide the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the water heater, the showcase, and the equipment with high heat-insulating efficiency.

  Further, the heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment has a hinge type or drawer for opening and closing the openings of the plurality of storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, which are defined by the partition wall 24 or the like. Equipped with an open / close door. The door includes an outer member (outer plate) made of, for example, metal and an inner member (inner plate) made of, for example, resin. The hard urethane foam and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are provided (filled) in a door inner space formed between the outer member and the inner member. The door is also formed based on the technical idea that the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material with respect to the heat insulating box described in the present embodiment is set within a predetermined range, and that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 has most of the heat insulating function. Yes, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the door inner space is set to 40% to 90%, and the covering rate is set to 70% or more.

  In manufacturing such an opening / closing door, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is bonded and fixed in advance to the outer member with a second adhesive or the like, and the raw material of the liquid hard urethane foam is formed between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner member, Filling the space between the outer member and the inner member and foaming the outer member, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the inner member so that they can be integrally formed, thereby filling the hard urethane foam which is a foam heat insulating material in the door inner space. can do. In this case, too, the thickness of the rigid urethane foam may be 1 mm or more, preferably 3 mm or more, and 11 mm or less (preferably smaller than 10 mm, more preferably 6 mm or less), as long as it has strength as an adhesive. I just want it.

  In addition, a frame for supporting a storage box (storage case 520), a door pocket, a shelf 80, or the like may be attached to the opening / closing door in each of the storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. In some cases, it is necessary to fasten or hold the frame fixing screw, the door pocket fixing member, the mounting member of the shelf 80, and the like inside the opening / closing door (inside the refrigerator) with a fastening member such as a screw, a fixing member, or a holding member. is there. In such a case, the fastening member, the fixing member, and the holding member may protrude into the interior space of the door, and if the vacuum insulation material 400 comes into contact with the vacuum insulation material, the outer insulation material of the vacuum insulation material may be damaged. It is preferable to dispose or fill urethane foam in a thickness that does not damage the vacuum heat insulating material 400. However, when an attachment component (for example, a fastening member, a fixing member, a holding member, or the like) to be attached to the storage room side (the inner plate side) of the opening / closing door is particularly necessary, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be attached to the inner plate. . In the case where the vacuum heat insulating material is provided avoiding the mounting parts, the vacuum heat insulating material may be attached to the inner plate.

In addition, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided in a door internal space formed between the outer member and the inner member, the outer member or the inner member having an outer member (outer plate) and an inner member (inner plate). When a hard urethane foam as a foam insulation material is filled between the vacuum insulation material 400 and the vacuum insulation material 400, the storage box (storage case 520) can be supported by increasing the density of the foam insulation material to more than 60 kg / m ^3. The holding strength or fixing strength of a screw or the like which is a fixing member for fixing the frame for fixing is improved, so that even if a heavy object is stored in the case 520, the door is not easily deformed, and the case 520 can be stably taken in and out. And a highly reliable refrigerator and equipment can be obtained. In addition, since the holding strength or fixing strength of a screw or the like, which is a fixing member for fixing another member such as a handle, is improved, the door mounting member such as a handle, which is another member, is attached to the door. Since the strength of attachment to the door is improved, the door is less likely to be deformed, and the door can be stably opened and closed, so that a highly reliable refrigerator or appliance can be obtained. Further, if the rigid urethane foam, which is a foamed heat insulating material, is larger than 60 kg / m ³ between the outer shell member or the inner member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the flexural modulus of the foamed heat insulating material is improved, and the strength of the door is also improved. improves.

  Here, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be provided on all of the doors or some of the doors. For example, when the temperature difference between the outside air and the inside of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the storage room) is relatively small (for example, a storage room in a refrigeration temperature zone such as the refrigerator room 2 or the vegetable room 5), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is opened and closed. The effect of improving the heat insulation performance is small even if it is arranged in In such a case, sufficient heat insulating performance can be ensured without disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the door. The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used when the temperature difference between the outside air and the inside of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, a storage room) is relatively large (for example, a storage room in a freezing temperature zone such as the ice making room 3, the switching room 4, and the freezing room 6). When the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is provided on the door, the effect of improving the heat insulating performance is great. Therefore, in the case of a storage room in a freezing temperature zone in which the temperature difference between the outside air and the inside of the heat insulation box 700 (for example, the storage room) is relatively large, sufficient heat insulation performance can be obtained by disposing the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the opening and closing door. Can be secured.

  As described above, in the heat insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1 or the device according to the present embodiment, the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the door inner space that is the inner space of the opening / closing door are described. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, which is the volume ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the combined space volume, is set to fall within a predetermined range (for example, 40% or more and 80% or less). Therefore, the wall thickness of the heat-insulating box 700 (for example, the distance between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the thickness of the opening / closing door) can be made smaller than before, so that energy is saved and the storage room is stored. Can provide the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the equipment having excellent internal volume efficiency. Therefore, the inner volume of the storage chamber can be made larger than before without changing the outer size of the heat-insulating box 700 or the refrigerator 1, so that the number of items that can be stored inside the heat-insulating box 700 can be increased more than before. . Therefore, it is possible to provide the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the water heater, the showcase, and the equipment, which are energy-saving and have excellent heat-insulating performance, and have high commercial value as compared with the related art.

By increasing the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315, the filling rate of the rigid urethane foam in the space 315 decreases. In the heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the rigid urethane foam has a higher density (for example, higher than 60 kg / m ³ ) than the conventional heat-insulating box, and the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam is lower than that of the conventional heat-insulating box. It is 15.0 MPa or more, which is larger than the flexural modulus of elasticity of the used rigid urethane foam (about 6 MPa to 10 MPa). Therefore, the heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment can also suppress a decrease in strength due to a decrease in the filling rate of the rigid urethane foam, and depends on the weight of the storage space or the storage in the storage room or the weight of the opening / closing door. There is no problem such as the heat-insulating box 700 being unable to withstand the distortion and being deformed, and the highly reliable heat-insulating box 700, refrigerator 1 and equipment can be obtained.

  Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 according to the present embodiment or the apparatus provided with the heat insulating box 700 having the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the heat insulating box 700 is prevented from being distorted and the opening / closing door being inclined or being unable to open / close smoothly. It is possible to suppress deterioration of the appearance due to deformation. In addition, the positional relationship between the gasket that seals the opening of the opening / closing door and the opening of the heat insulating box and the contact surface (sealing surface) of the gasket is shifted to form a gap, and the air in the storage room (cool air in the case of a refrigerator) is discharged. It can be prevented from flowing out of the body. Therefore, even if a large amount of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is used, the performance and reliability of the heat insulating box 700 can be prevented from deteriorating and have excellent heat insulating performance. A device having a box or a vacuum heat insulating material, and a device having a heat insulating box can be obtained.

  Here, when the heat-insulating box 700 has an elongated rectangular parallelepiped shape whose height in the vertical direction is larger than the length in the width direction as in the case of being used in a refrigerator, the bottom portion is disposed substantially horizontally. Since the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 that are arranged substantially vertically have an elongated shape compared to the 780, the ceiling 740, the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms, and the like, the rigidity is weak and easily deformed. Therefore, by setting the filling rate and the covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 within a predetermined range as in the present embodiment, the strength (rigidity) of the heat insulating box 700 can be improved. Further, the provision of the protrusion 450 or the protrusion 910 can also improve the strength of the box. Also, one end of the convex portion 450 is provided so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 by a predetermined length X, and the other end is connected to the side surface portion 790 to thereby provide a vacuum heat insulating material. 400 can be integrally formed with the convex portion 450 via the hard urethane foam, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be integrally formed with the side wall 790 via the hard urethane foam, so that the strength of the box 700 can be improved. .

  FIG. 21 is a diagram showing the relationship between the area ratio (side and back surface covering ratio) occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the side surface portion 790 and the back surface portion of the heat insulating box 700 and the amount of deformation of the box. . As for the strength of the heat insulating box, the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 have a long and narrow rectangular shape, and have a lower rigidity than the substantially square shape such as the top wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24. By setting the side and back surface coverage to a predetermined value or more, the box strength can be improved. Here, the relationship between the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 (side back surface coverage) and the strength of the box will be described.

In FIG. 21, the horizontal axis represents the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the surface area of the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 (side / back surface coverage), and the vertical axis represents the deformation of the box. . Here, the box deformation amount is 1 when the urethane density is 60 kg / m ³ , the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 40%, and the area ratio of the side back surface (side back surface coverage) is 50%. The bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 used in the calculation is 20 MPa, which is based on the measurement result of the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material actually used, and the bending elastic modulus (6 MPa to 10 MPa) of the conventional rigid urethane foam. Degree) is used. Here, when changing the area ratio (side back surface coverage), the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material is fixed at 40%, so if the area ratio (side back surface coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material becomes large, the vacuum heat insulating material becomes large. Has become smaller.

The refrigerator 1 used for the calculation is an example, but a refrigerator having four or more doors (for example, a four-door, five-door or six-door specification) having a capacity of 500 L class and a power consumption of about 40 W or less is used. I assume. The distance (wall thickness) including the plate thickness between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 30 mm on average, and the thickness of the space 315 (wall thickness) is the plate of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750. The thickness was 28 mm, assuming that each thickness was 1 mm. The rigid urethane foam has a density of 60 kg / m ³ , the thermal conductivity of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 0.0021 (W / mK), and the thermal conductivity of the rigid urethane foam is 0.019 (W / mK). The vacuum heat insulating material 400 is about 10 times higher than the rigid urethane foam, and has good heat insulating performance.

  In FIG. 21, the horizontal axis represents the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the total surface area of the side wall and the rear wall (the vacuum heat insulating material coverage on the rear side), and the vertical axis represents the heat insulating box 700 having an opening / closing door. Represents the amount of box deformation (the amount of collapse of the box) when a predetermined load is applied to. Here, the amount of deformation of the box is, for example, approximately in a quarter of the height from the upper surface of one side wall of the heat-insulating box, in a substantially horizontal direction (lateral direction, left-right direction when the front opening is viewed from the front). It represents the amount of lateral deformation of the upper end of the side wall of the heat-insulating box when a predetermined load is applied.

  In FIG. 21, it can be seen that the box deformation amount decreases as the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 increases. When the area ratio between the side surface and the rear surface (coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material on the rear surface) is 70% or more, the rate of change in the amount of deformation of the box decreases. In other words, when the area ratio of the side surface and the rear surface is up to about 70%, the deformation of the box body rapidly decreases as the area ratio increases. The amount of body deformation hardly changes. Therefore, when the area ratio between the side surface and the back surface (coverage ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material on the rear surface) is 70% or more, the reduction rate of the deformation amount of the box becomes extremely small, and the area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material on the side rear surface is increased. Also, the box deformation amount hardly changes. This is probably because the degree of the effect of the area ratio of the side surface of the vacuum heat insulating material on the strength of the box body was almost saturated.

  Here, since the calculation is performed with the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material being constant at 40%, the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 becomes thinner as the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased. Up to about 70% of the area ratio of the side and back of the vacuum insulation material, the larger the area ratio of the side and back surface, the more the vacuum insulation material becomes thinner than the increase in box deformation due to the reduced thickness of the vacuum insulation material. Since the amount of reduction in box deformation due to the strength UP of the box due to an increase in the area where the heat insulating material is provided is greater, the rigidity of the box is improved and the amount of deformation of the box is reduced. However, when the area ratio of the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum insulation material exceeds about 70%, the amount of deformation of the box body due to the reduction in the strength of the box body due to the reduced thickness of the vacuum insulation material and the arrangement of the vacuum insulation material It is considered that the amount of reduction in box deformation due to the strength UP of the box due to an increase in the area was substantially the same, and the degree of reduction in the amount of deformation of the box was reduced.

  When the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is reduced by increasing the area ratio (coverage) of the vacuum heat insulating material, the thickness of the urethane foam increases. Since the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is equal to or greater than the predetermined thickness up to an arrangement area ratio of about 70%, the increase in the area ratio is greater than the decrease in the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material. The amount of deformation of the box body is greatly affected, but the thickness of the vacuum insulation material becomes smaller and the thickness of the urethane becomes larger as the proportion of the area of the vacuum insulation material is further increased. It is considered that the effect on the strength of the heat-insulating box by the amount of increase in the thickness of the heat insulator and the amount of increase in the arrangement area ratio of the vacuum heat insulating material becomes equal, and the degree of reduction in the amount of deformation of the box becomes small.

  Therefore, if the area ratio between the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 (side-back surface coverage) is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, the strength of the box body can be obtained, and a highly reliable box body can be obtained. Further, if the area ratio between the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material is set to a predetermined value (70%) or more, a region in which the amount of deformation of the box hardly changes is obtained, so that the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material varies. In addition, since the deformation of the box hardly changes, a highly reliable heat insulating box, refrigerator, showcase, and equipment having high strength and good design can be obtained. By setting the coverage of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a predetermined value or more (60% or more) and setting the area ratio between the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to a second predetermined value (70%) or more, the heat insulating performance is improved. In addition, since the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced, a highly reliable energy-saving refrigerator, showcase, and equipment having large heat insulation performance can be obtained.

  Here, if the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is kept constant and the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is increased, both the coverage rate and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased. Therefore, increasing the strength of the heat insulating box 700 by increasing the coverage rate without changing the filling rate is lower in cost, and the area for disposing the vacuum heat insulating material can be increased, thereby improving the heat insulating efficiency. . Therefore, by setting the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to 40% or more and the area ratio of the side surface / rear surface (covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material on the rear surface) to 70% or more, the strength of the heat insulating box body can be efficiently secured at low cost. it can. Accordingly, the area ratio between the side surface and the back surface of the vacuum heat insulating material (the vacuum heat insulating material covering ratio on the side and back surfaces) is a second predetermined value (an area ratio at which the reduction ratio of the deformation amount of the heat insulating box body is small, for example, about 70%). With the above settings, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be reduced (the thickness of the urethane is reduced) to increase the internal volume of the storage room. The strength of the heat-insulating box 700 must be increased because the larger the area of the vacuum heat-insulating material 400 on the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 (the vacuum heat-insulating material coverage on the rear side), the smaller the amount of deformation of the heat-insulating box 700. Thus, it is possible to provide a device including the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, and the heat-insulating box, which have high strength and excellent heat-insulating performance.

(Urethane physical properties)
Here, the physical properties and characteristics of the rigid urethane foam filled in the heat insulating box 700 will be described. By increasing the free foam density of the rigid urethane foam, it is possible to provide a high-quality heat-insulating box 700 having stable appearance after foaming and excellent appearance.

  Here, the free foam density is a density of a rigid urethane foam when urethane is foamed in an open state such as in an open container, not in a closed space such as a box. However, in practice, since urethane foams and expands in a closed narrow space in the heat insulating box 700, the density of urethane foamed and expanded in a closed narrow space such as the heat insulating box 700 is released. In this state, the density of the expanded and expanded urethane becomes larger than the free foam density.

By increasing the density of the foamed rigid urethane foam, it is possible to increase the flexural modulus as described with reference to FIG. 16; In the case of urethane having a low foaming ratio, the free-form density is as low as 26 to 28 kg / m ³ and the foaming ratio is small. It is not uniform, and the urethane density tends to be uneven between the injection ports 703 and 704 and the end portion (a part away from the injection port), and it is difficult to obtain stable strength.

In this embodiment, the use of conventional (e.g. 25~28kg / ^m about ³⁾ largely rigid urethane foam than (e.g. free-foam density is 30~45kg / ^m about ³⁾ a free-foam density, urethane Even if the thickness of the flow path in the flowing portion is somewhat large or small, foaming can be stably performed since the foaming ratio is large, and variation in density after foaming can be reduced. Therefore, it becomes easy to make the density of the urethane after foaming substantially uniform.

A foam such as rigid urethane foam has air bubbles therein, and the lower the density, the more air bubbles and the higher the heat insulating effect. Therefore, conventionally, a rigid urethane foam having a low density of about 25 to 28 kg / m ³ after foaming is used for the heat insulating box 700. In order to secure the strength of the heat-insulating box 700 by using the conventional urethane foam to have a bending elastic modulus of 15 MPa or more, for example, in the case of a wall thickness of 28 mm, the urethane thickness excluding the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is used. In the case of a heat-insulating box with a thickness of 8 mm, the amount of urethane just-packed (the amount of urethane when rigid urethane foam is just filled without imposing an excessive load on the target box, and the density after foaming becomes uniform More urethane than injectable), and the density tends to be uneven.

Furthermore, since urethane must be injected and filled more than the amount of the just pack, it is necessary to pressurize or lengthen the filling time when urethane is injected. The urethane leaks from (for example, a joint portion between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750), and a required amount of urethane cannot be injected (can not be filled), and the density of the rigid urethane foam after filling into the box body is determined by a predetermined value. It is difficult to secure a density larger than the value (for example, 60 kg / m ³ ). Further, when urethane leaks out of the outer shell of the box, it is necessary to remove the leaked urethane, which requires a long working time or assembling time, resulting in an increase in cost and a reduction in design. Therefore, conventionally, the density of the urethane after being filled into the insulating box body is less than ^{60Kg / m 3, 25~30Kg / m} 3 approximately, have used such an extent 55 Kg / ^{m 3} or less at most .

Here, in the present embodiment, an investigation was made to increase the free-form density by reducing the amount of the foaming material and the like contained in the urethane stock solution. For example, in the heat insulating box 700 in which the thickness of urethane is 8 mm (the thickness of the urethane flow path excluding the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material is about 8 mm), the free form density is set to a predetermined value (30 kg / m ³ or more, preferably 35 kg / m ³ or more). m ³ or higher) in the density of a just pack weight (density of the urethane after being filled into the box without applying such excessive load) it is possible to increase from 60 kg / m ³ in the set, rigid polyurethane The flexural modulus of the foam can be 15 MPa or more. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate problems of the heat insulating box such as uneven urethane density and urethane leakage, and to obtain a highly reliable and high-strength apparatus including the heat insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, the showcase, and the heat insulating box. .

Here, there is a concern that the free foam density of the hard urethane may be increased beyond a predetermined value to increase the urethane density after foaming, which may affect the heat insulation performance. However, as described with reference to FIGS. The urethane thickness at the location where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed is set to a predetermined value or less (11 mm or less, or 6 mm or less), or the urethane thickness / wall thickness is set to a predetermined value (0.3) or less. If the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set within a predetermined range (40% or more and 90% or less), the influence on the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box (heat insulating of the heat insulating box 700 and the heat insulating box of the opening / closing door) is obtained. Impact on performance) can be reduced. When the thickness of the urethane is set to 11 mm or less, it is possible to set the free pack density to a predetermined value (for example, 35 kg / m ³ ) or more so that the just-pack amount does not cause urethane leakage. (Just pack amount can be adjusted).

  In the heat insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment, the wall thickness of the heat insulating box 700 can be made thinner than before, and even when a predetermined strength is secured, urethane hardly leaks from the outer shell when filling urethane, which is necessary. Insulated box 700 that can satisfy the required quality, save energy, and have excellent internal volume efficiency can be provided. That is, without changing the outer size of the heat-insulating box 700, the refrigerator 1, or the equipment provided with the heat-insulating box, the storage volume of the storage product (for example, in the case of a refrigerator, the internal volume or the storage room volume) of the heat-insulating box is changed. It can be made larger than before, and the number of stored items that can be stored inside the heat insulating box 700 can be increased more than before. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a user-friendly, highly heat-insulating, high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating box 700 or a refrigerator 1 or a device equipped with a heat-insulating box. In addition, when the storage volume in the room (storage room) is set to be equal to the conventional one, the external dimensions can be reduced by the amount that the wall thickness can be reduced.

  Here, the refrigerator 1 is provided with a cooling device for cooling air (cold air) supplied to a plurality of storage rooms such as the refrigerator room 2, the freezer room 6, and the vegetable room 5. This cooling device includes a compressor 12, a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensation pipe 725), a decompression device (an expansion valve, a capillary tube, and the like), a cooler 13, and the like, and forms a refrigeration cycle. Among the components constituting this refrigeration cycle, the compressor 12 and the decompression device are provided in a machine room 1A formed on the lower rear side (or upper rear side) of the heat insulating box 700 forming the refrigerator 1. I have. The condensation pipe 725 is provided on, for example, the side wall 790, the back wall 730, or the top wall 740 of the heat insulating box 700. On the back of the storage room, a back cover of a member separate from the inner box 750 is provided on the storage room side of the back wall 730 by a fan grill or the like forming a storage space for storing articles. It is provided in a cooler room 131 formed between a back cover member such as a fan grill. The cooler room 131 is also provided with a fan 14 for circulating cool air for blowing the air (cool air) cooled by the cooler 13 to each of the storage rooms such as the refrigerator room 2, the freezer room 6, and the vegetable room 5. Have been. A control board chamber 31 is provided above the top wall 740 or the back wall 730 of the heat insulating box 700 (or at a position substantially at the center of the back wall 730), and the control device 30 is provided in the control board chamber 31. The control device 30 controls the operation of the compressor 12 and the fan 14 for circulating cool air or the like, or controls the temperature inside the refrigerator.

  In the refrigerator 1 configured as described above, the high-temperature and high-pressure gas refrigerant sent out by the compressor 12 disposed in the machine room 1A is condensed through a refrigerant pipe (for example, a condensing pipe) 725, and is condensed. The low-temperature and high-pressure liquid refrigerant is reduced to a low-temperature and low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant by the decompression device, and reaches a cooler 13 at a low temperature of, for example, −20 ° C. or less. The low-temperature and low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant cools the air in the cooler room 131, and the cooled air is cooled by the cool air circulation fan 14 to the storage rooms such as the refrigerator room 2, the freezer room 6, and the vegetable room 5. By the supply, the storage rooms (or the storage items stored in these storage rooms) such as the refrigerator room 2, the freezer room 6, and the vegetable room 5 are cooled. On the other hand, the low-temperature and low-pressure gas-liquid two-phase refrigerant that has cooled the air in the cooler chamber 131 is heated by the air in the cooler chamber 131 to evaporate, becomes a low-pressure gaseous refrigerant, and is sucked into the compressor 12 again. And compressed.

  As described above, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the total volume of the internal volume of the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and the inner space of the door of the opening / closing door. The filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material, which is the ratio of the occupancy, is set to a predetermined value (eg, 40% to 80%). For this reason, even if the thickness in the wall of the heat insulating box 700 (for example, the distance (thickness) between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 or the thickness of the door) is made smaller than before, the heat insulating performance can be secured. . Therefore, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, since the heat insulating performance of the heat insulating box 700 is improved, the cold air and the stored items in the plurality of storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 are not easily heated. The operation time of the compressor 12 for cooling can be shortened, and the air volume of the fan can be reduced. Therefore, the amount of air (cool air) required for cooling the storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 can be reduced, and the rotation speed of the compressor 12 can be reduced and the operation OFF time can be increased. Energy-saving operation is possible. For this reason, in the refrigerator 1 of the present embodiment, it is possible to save energy as compared with the related art. Further, the refrigerator 1 can increase the storage room volume (volume in the refrigerator) as compared with the conventional one without changing the external size, and can store more items to be stored in the storage room than before. Equipment is obtained.

  Further, if the freezing compartment 6 having the largest temperature difference from the outside air is arranged at a substantially central position in the vertical direction, heat entering from the outside air into the freezing compartment 6 from the upper surface and the lower surface can be suppressed. There are four heat entry surfaces (four front open / close doors, left side, right side, and back side) through which heat enters. For this reason, the energy-saving refrigerator 1 can be obtained.

  Further, according to the present embodiment, since the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam filled in the space 315 and the door internal space is 15.0 MPa or more, the box strength of the heat insulating box 700 satisfies the predetermined strength. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the heat-insulating box 700 from being deformed without being able to withstand the distortion due to the weight of the stored items. For this reason, it can suppress that the heat insulation box 700 is distorted and the front opening / closing door is tilted, and it is possible to prevent the appearance from deteriorating. In addition, the position of the sealing member that seals between the opening / closing door and the front opening of the heat insulating box is shifted, and a gap is generated, and the refrigerator compartment 2, the freezing compartment 6, the vegetable compartment 5, the ice making compartment 3, and the switching compartment 4 are provided. Can be prevented from leaking out of the heat-insulating box 700 or the outside of the refrigerator 1, so that a more energy-saving refrigerator or device can be obtained.

  The distribution of the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the space 315 or the door interior space is determined at predetermined positions in the space 315 or the door interior space according to the temperature difference between the outside air and each storage room. Alternatively, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may be changed.

  For example, in the freezing room 6 (or the ice making room 3 and the switching room 4) which is a low temperature room, the temperature difference between the temperature in the storage room and the outside air is the largest. For this reason, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 on the left side, right side, back and front (opening / closing door) of the heat insulating box 700 in a range opposed to the freezing room 6 is changed to another storage room (for example, refrigeration which is a high temperature room). It may be larger (for example, 60% or more) than the wall surface (for example, the left side surface, the right side surface, the back surface, and the front surface (opening door)) facing the room 2 and the vegetable room 5). With such a configuration, it is possible to suppress heat intrusion into the freezing room 6, which is the lowest-temperature low-temperature room, and to provide the refrigerator 1 and the equipment with more energy saving.

  Further, for example, when the outside air temperature is, for example, 30 ° C., the inside of the machine room 1A becomes, for example, 40 ° C. or more, and the temperature of the control board room 31 also rises, for example, to 40 ° C. or more. That is, the wall surface and the partition wall 24 between the machine room 1 </ b> A and the storage room at a position facing the control substrate room 31 have a larger temperature difference with the storage room than the wall surface and the partition wall 24 of other parts. For this reason, heat easily enters the storage room arranged near the machine room 1A and the control board room 31. For this reason, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to be greater in the machine room 1A or the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the control substrate room 31 and the storage room than the other wall surfaces or the partition wall 24, and the heat insulation is performed. Performance may be improved. For example, in the machine room 1A, or in the wall surface or the partition wall 24 disposed between the control substrate room 31 and the storage room, the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is set to 60% or more (the side / back surface covering rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 70%). % Or more), and the filling rate of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 of the other wall surface or the partition wall 24 may be set to 40% or more (90% or less). With this configuration, it is possible to suppress heat from entering the storage room in the vicinity from the high-temperature machine room 1A or the control board room, and to further reduce the energy consumption of the refrigerator 1.

  The heat-insulating box 700 according to the present embodiment can also be used, for example, in a hot water storage device including a heating device that heats water and a tank that stores the water heated by the heating device. By disposing the tank inside the heat-insulating box 700, the tank can be insulated by the heat-insulating box 700 having a smaller outer size than before, and the space of the hot water storage device can be reduced. The present embodiment is applicable to any device having a heat insulating wall provided with a vacuum heat insulating material (for example, a refrigerator, a showcase, a refrigerator, a hot water supply device, a jar pot, an air conditioner, and the like).

In the embodiment of the present invention, there is no need to provide irregularities or the like in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to make the core material enclosed in the outer packaging material have a shape along the irregular shape of the outer packaging material. Since it is possible to use a flat material for the core, it is not necessary to use a granular material having fluidity for the core material. Since complicated processing such as providing irregularities on the material is not required, an insulated box, a refrigerator, and a device that are low in cost, have good handleability, and have improved heat insulating performance can be obtained.
Here, in the present embodiment, the third intervening member may be the same as the first intervening member. Further, the second interposed member may be the same as the first interposed member.

(Effects of Embodiment)
As described above, in the present embodiment, in the heat insulating box 700 formed of the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and having at least the side wall 790 and the back wall 730 and having an opening at the front, the back wall 730 A convex portion 450 formed at a corner portion of the side wall 790 and protruding toward the front opening side with respect to the rear wall 730, and an inner box 750 forming the rear wall 730 with the front side relative to the convex portion 450 A concave portion 440 (which may be the second concave portion 441) recessed rearward as viewed from above, and provided at least between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming the back wall 730, facing the concave portion 440. A flat-plate-shaped vacuum heat insulator that is arranged between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a position and is larger than the width of the recess 440 (indicated by the range W of the recess 440 in FIG. 8) at least in the width direction (or length direction). Lumber 4 0, and the convex portion 450 is formed so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X, and between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440, and the vacuum heat insulating material. If the adhesive is filled as an intervening member between the inner box 750 forming the protrusion 450 and the inner box 750, the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced. Also, since the convex portion 450 overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, the adhesive thickness of the adhesive (for example, hard urethane foam which is a foam heat insulating material) increases by the overlapped length X. The adhesive can be firmly bonded to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the recess 440 via the adhesive in the protrusion 450. Also, the inner box 750 forming the recess 440 and the inner box 750 of the side wall 790 can be firmly bonded via the protrusion 450. Therefore, even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is reduced, the concave portion 440, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and the side wall 790 are formed through the convex portion 450 having a large adhesive thickness. Since it is formed integrally, the wall thickness of the concave portion 440 in which the vacuum heat insulating material is provided can be reduced, and the strength of the box or the wall can be improved.

  Here, if a rigid urethane foam, which is a foamed heat insulating material having self-adhesive properties, is used as the intervening member, the thickness of the hard urethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is set to a predetermined value. Even when the thickness is set to be 11 mm or less, the convex portion 450 overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, so that the rigid urethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 by the length X overlapped. The thickness can be increased, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be firmly bonded to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) via the hard urethane foam in the protrusion 450. Further, even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position facing the concave portion 440 and the inner box 750 is reduced, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at the position facing the concave portion 440 is hardened within the convex portion 450. Since it is formed integrally with the side wall 790 through the urethane foam, the strength of the box or the strength of the wall can be improved even if the wall thickness of the portion where the concave portion 440 is formed is reduced.

Further, it is formed of an outer box 710 and an inner box 750, and has at least one peripheral wall (for example, a side wall 790, a ceiling wall 740, a bottom wall 780, a partition wall 24) around the back wall 730, and an opening at the front. In the heat-insulating box 700 having the rear wall 730, the rear wall 730 includes a convex portion 450 formed at a corner portion with the peripheral wall, and a concave portion 440 (or the second A concave portion 441), and is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at a position facing the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 441), and the width P of the concave portion at least in the width direction or the length direction. (A range W of the concave portion) and a flat-plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 larger than the concave portion, and the convex portion 450 is formed so as to overlap the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by a predetermined length X.
If an adhesive is filled as an intervening member between the inner box 750 at a position facing the concave portion 440 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and between the inner box 750 at a position facing the convex portion 450 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, Even if the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 is reduced, the convex portion 450 overlaps the vacuum heat insulating material 400 by the length X, so that the adhesive ( For example, the adhesive thickness of foamed heat insulating material (hard urethane foam) increases, and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is firmly bonded to the inner box 750 (or the outer box 710) forming the recess 440 via the adhesive in the protrusion 450. it can. In addition, the inner box 750 that forms the concave portion 440 and at least one peripheral wall (for example, the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) can be firmly bonded via the convex portion 450. Therefore, even when the thickness of the adhesive between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is reduced, the concave portion 440 is formed through the convex portion having a large thickness of the interposed member (adhesive thickness). 400, since at least one peripheral wall (for example, the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24) is integrally formed, the wall thickness of the concave portion 440 in which the vacuum heat insulating material is provided can be reduced, Moreover, the strength of the box or the wall can be improved.

  If the surrounding wall is any one of the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24 connected to the back wall 730 to form a room (for example, a storage room), the vacuum heat insulating material 400 in the concave portion 440. Even if the thickness of the adhesive, which is an intervening member between the inner box 750 and the inner box 750, is reduced, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed in the concave portion 440 can be connected to at least one peripheral wall via the intervening member (adhesive) having a convex portion. (For example, the side wall 790, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, and the partition wall 24), the strength of the box or the wall is improved even if the wall thickness of the portion where the recess is formed is reduced. be able to. In addition, if hard urethane foam is used as the intervening member (adhesive), a predetermined heat insulating performance can be obtained.

  In addition, if an interposed member (adhesive) is a self-adhesive foamed heat insulating material that is in a liquid state or a two-phase state having fluidity before filling and that functions as an adhesive after filling, Even if the clearance between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 in the concave portion 440 is reduced, it is possible to flow into the narrow clearance in a liquid state or a two-phase state, so that the intervening member (adhesive) is filled evenly. And the adhesive strength or the fixing strength can be secured. Therefore, the strength of the box can be ensured even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, since it also functions as a heat insulating material, the heat insulating performance is also improved.

  When an adhesive is used as the intervening member, if the adhesive is a rigid urethane foam that is a foamed heat insulating material, a portion where the thickness of the urethane becomes thin (for example, a wall on which the vacuum heat insulating material 400 such as the concave portion 440 is disposed). In (2), the effect as a heat insulating material is reduced, but a rigid urethane foam as an intervening member may be used as an adhesive as in the present embodiment. In addition, a portion where the thickness of the urethane can be ensured to be large (for example, a wall where the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is not disposed) can be used as a heat insulating material because the effect as the heat insulating material is obtained. Both performance can be secured, and a high-performance and highly reliable insulated box, refrigerator, and equipment can be obtained. In addition, since rigid urethane foam has an excellent feature of self-adhesiveness that is not found in other heat insulating materials, the object (the inner box 750, the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the outer box 710) can be used without using other adhesives. By directly foaming on the surface of (1), a heat insulating layer strongly adhered to the object can be formed, and both adhesiveness and heat insulating properties can be obtained.

  Further, even if the thickness of the adhesive, which is an interposed member filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, is smaller than the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 may have a wall strength or Since the strength of the box body can be ensured, the wall thickness of the wall including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 can be reduced.

If the thickness of the adhesive (for example, hard urethane foam), which is an interposed member filled between the inner box 750 at the position facing the recess 440 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, is set to 11 mm or less, the hard urethane foam Of the rigid urethane foam, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the box body can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.
Further, in the heat-insulating box having the back wall 730, the side wall 790, the top wall 24 (or the ceiling wall 740), and the bottom wall 24 (or the bottom wall 780), the front wall of which is opened, Between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the back wall 730, or between the inner box 750 forming the inner surface of the side wall 790 and the outer box 710 forming the outer surface of the side wall 790; And an intervening member that is filled, sealed, applied, or provided between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750 to adhere, fix, or fix the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. Since the interposed member is a urethane foam and the thickness of the interposed member is 11 mm or less, the flexural modulus of the urethane foam can be increased. Because, it is the thickness of the urethane foam to improve the strength becomes smaller. Therefore, the strength of the box body can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

  In addition, a hard urethane foam having self-adhesive property is used as an intervening member (adhesive), and [(thickness of the intervening member) / (thickness of the intervening member + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material)] is 0.3 or less. If the thickness is set to, the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite member including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid urethane foam can be reduced, so that the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

  Further, the space between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the outer box 710 is directly bonded with a second adhesive, which is a second intervening member other than a foam heat insulating material such as hot melt or double-sided tape, to form the concave portion 440 (or the second concave portion 440). The thickness of the adhesive (for example, hard urethane foam), which is the first intervening member, filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at a position facing the concave portion 441) is 11 mm or less. If the thickness of the first intervening member / (the thickness of the first intervening member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is placed on the outer box 710 by the second intervening member. After directly bonding with a certain second adhesive, the adhesive as the first intervening member may be filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750, so that the assemblability is improved. If the outer box 710 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 are directly bonded with a second adhesive other than a foam heat insulating material such as hot melt or double-sided tape, the wall thickness can be reduced. Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam as the first intervening member can be increased, the strength can be improved even when the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the box can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite member including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid urethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed on at least the rear wall 730, and the ratio of the area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the surface area of the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 is reduced to 70% or more. If this is the case, the strength of the box is improved, and the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced. Therefore, a high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating box, refrigerator, water heater, equipment, and the like can be obtained.
That is, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least on the rear wall 730, and the total projected area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790 onto the rear wall 730 or the side wall 790 is equal to the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790. Since the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is arranged so as to have a ratio of 70% or more with respect to the total surface area including the 790, the strength of the box body is improved, and the deformation amount of the box body can be reduced. Therefore, a high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating box, refrigerator, water heater, equipment, and the like can be obtained.

  In the heat insulating box 700 having the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 with respect to the volume of the space 315 formed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 is 40% or more. Then, the strength of the box is improved, and the amount of deformation of the box can be reduced. Therefore, a high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating box, refrigerator, water heater, equipment, and the like can be obtained.

In addition, since the convex body 450 is provided at the corner between the side wall 790 and the rear wall 730 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, the strength of the box body is improved. There is no need to provide irregularities or the like on the 400, and it is not necessary to form the core material enclosed in the outer packaging material into an irregular shape. As a core material of 400, a fiber core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used, and therefore, as a core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400, a fiber core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used. It is not necessary to use a granular material with fluidity for the core material, and it is not necessary to form complicated shapes such as irregularities, and the outer packaging material does not require complicated processing such as providing irregularities, so it is easy to handle at low cost Is good In the insulating box body heat insulating performance is improved, the refrigerator, the equipment can be obtained.
Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750, and the thickness of the hard urethane foam as an intervening member between the vacuum heat insulator 400 and the inner box 750 is 11 mm or less (preferably 10 mm). (Smaller), the strength of the box body is improved, so that there is no need to provide irregularities or the like in the vacuum heat insulating material 400, and it is not necessary to form the core material enclosed in the outer packaging material in an irregular shape. Since a plate-shaped material can be used as the material 400, a fiber core material such as an organic fiber or an inorganic fiber can be used as a core material of the vacuum heat insulating material 400. Since fiber cores such as organic fibers or inorganic fibers can be used, there is no need to use a fluid core for the core material to form a complex shape such as unevenness, and the outer packaging material is also concave. To become unnecessary complicated process such as providing a heat insulating box body handling properties at low cost to improve the good insulation performance, refrigerators, appliance is obtained.

  In addition, it includes a heat insulating box 700, storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storing storage items, and a cooler 13 that generates cool air for cooling the storage room, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion Since the recess 441 is provided in the vertical direction and the recess 440 or the second recess 441 can be used for the cool air passage 760 through which the cool air generated by the cooler 13 flows, the wall thickness of the recess can be reduced. Therefore, the capacity of the storage chamber can be increased, and the concave portion can be used for the cool air passage 760, so that it is not necessary to provide a separate cool air passage.

  In addition, it includes a heat insulating box 700, storage rooms 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for storing storage items, and a cooler 13 that generates cool air for cooling the storage room, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is provided in the up-down direction, and the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 can be used in an air passage through which the mist generated by the mist device 200 flows. Therefore, since the wall thickness of the concave portion can be reduced, the storage chamber volume can be increased, and the concave portion can be used for the mist air passage, so that there is no need to provide a separate mist air passage.

  Further, since the cooler 13 is provided with the cooler chamber 131 and the recess 440 or the second recess 441 communicates with the cooler chamber 131, the recess can be used as a cool air passage.

  In addition, if the inside of the convex portion 450 is used as a mist air path for supplying the mist generated by the mist device 200, the convex portion becomes the strength UP of the box body and an air path for separately supplying the mist is provided. Thus, humidification and sterilization can be performed at low cost, and a heat-insulating box having good design and a device such as a refrigerator having the heat-insulating box can be obtained.

  In addition, the concave portion 440 or the second concave portion 441 is provided on the back surface of the storage room (for example, the refrigerator room 2), and the lighting device 900 for irradiating the storage room is provided with the upper surface wall, the lower surface wall, or the side wall forming the storage room. Alternatively, since the cooling air passage 760 and the lighting device 900 can be provided on different wall surfaces because the cooling air passage 760 and the lighting device 900 are provided on the partition wall 24, the configuration and arrangement position of the air passage and the structure and arrangement of the lighting device can be compared with the case where the cooling air passage 760 and the lighting device 900 are provided on the same wall surface. The degree of freedom of position is improved.

  In addition, if a refrigeration cycle is provided, and the pipe 725 forming the refrigeration cycle is arranged on the convex portion 450, the strength of the box body is increased, and a place for separately providing the pipe 725 is not required. Good heat insulation boxes, refrigerators and equipment can be obtained.

  In addition, a refrigeration cycle, and a protrusion 910 formed in the recess 440 or the second recess 441 so as to protrude toward the front side (front opening side) are provided, and a pipe 725 that forms a refrigeration cycle is disposed in the protrusion. By doing so, the strength of the box body is increased, and a place for separately providing a pipe 725 is not required, so that a heat-insulating box body, a refrigerator, and a device with low cost and good design can be obtained.

  In addition, if the control lead wire such as the compressor drive control lead wire or the temperature control lead wire or the pipe 720 in which the control lead wire is disposed is disposed in the convex portion 450, the strength of the box body is improved. In addition to the UP, there is no need for a place for separately providing a control lead wire or a pipe 720 and the like, so that an insulated box, refrigerator, and equipment with low cost and good design can be obtained.

  Further, a refrigerating cycle and a protrusion 910 formed in the recess 440 or the second recess 441 so as to protrude to the front side are provided, and control of a lead wire for compressor drive control or a lead wire for temperature control is provided. If the pipe 720 or the like in which the control lead wire or the control lead wire is disposed inside the protrusion 910, the strength of the box body is increased, and the place where the control lead wire or the pipe 720 or the like is separately provided is provided. And a heat insulating box, refrigerator and equipment with good design and low cost can be obtained.

  In addition, if the outer box 710 is provided with filling ports 703 and 704 for foamed heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material is arranged so that the vacuum heat insulating material 400 does not block the filling port, it is possible to fill the foamed heat insulating material. Since the filling of the foam insulating material with the vacuum insulating material is not disturbed, the entire box can be filled evenly. Therefore, a high-strength and highly reliable heat-insulating box, refrigerator, equipment, and the like can be obtained.

In addition, the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 are provided inside the outer shell of the heat insulating box 700 having the ceiling wall 740, the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780, and provided inside the outer shell of the heat insulating box 700. The storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 having an opening on the front surface, and the concave portion 440 (or the second recess 440) formed in the back wall 730 of the storage compartment and provided substantially at the center in the width direction of the back wall of the storage compartment. 440), a flat-plate-shaped vacuum heat insulating material 400 that is disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 at positions facing the recess 440, and is at least larger in width direction than the width of the recess 440. A foamed heat insulating material (for example, hard urethane foam) which is an interposed member filled between the inner box 750 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 at opposing positions, and the bending elastic modulus of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is 20 MPa or more. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material, which is the interposed member facing the concave portion 440, is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is not more than 0.1 mm. 3 or less, that is, at least one of the following conditions (1), (2) and (3): (1) Flexural modulus of vacuum heat insulating material> = 20 MPa;
(2) Thickness of foam insulation / (thickness of foam insulation + thickness of vacuum insulation) <= 0.3,
(3) Thickness of foam insulation <= 11 mm (preferably thickness of foam insulation <10 mm),
Is satisfied, the wall thickness of the box can be reduced, and the box strength and heat insulation performance can be improved. Therefore, the volume in the room (for example, a storage room) is large, and the heat insulation box having high strength and good heat insulation performance is obtained. , Refrigerator and equipment. Further, since the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam can be increased, the strength can be improved even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam is reduced. Therefore, the strength of the box body can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. Further, since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed of the composite member including the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the rigid urethane foam can be reduced, the heat insulating performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

  Further, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is disposed at least in the rear wall 730, and the ratio of the arrangement area of the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed on the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 to the total surface area of the rear wall 730 and the side wall 790 is 70%. According to the above, an insulating box, a refrigerator, and a device having a small amount of deformation of the box, high strength, high rigidity, and good heat insulating performance can be obtained.

  Further, if the ratio of the volume occupied by the vacuum heat insulating material 400 to the volume of the space 315 between the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 forming the heat insulating box outer shell is set to 40% or more, the box deformation is small, A heat-insulating box, refrigerator, and equipment having high strength, high rigidity, and good heat-insulating performance can be obtained.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the outer shell of heat-insulating box 700 formed by outer box 710 and inner box 750 and having top wall 740, rear wall 730, side wall 790, and bottom wall 780, and the outer shell of heat-insulating box 700 Of storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 having an opening at the front surface formed by partitioning the inside of the storage compartment 24, and a rail provided on a side wall 790 that is stored in the storage compartment and forms the storage compartment. A draw-out case 520 pulled out through the member 810, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed between the inner box 750 and the outer box 710 forming at least the side wall 790 of the storage room, and the rail member 810 of the side wall 790 Is provided between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion 755 to which the rail mounting portion 755 is attached and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, which is an interposed member. If the thickness of the foam insulation material 11mm or less (e.g. better smaller than 10 mm), can be made thin wall thickness. In addition, if rigid urethane foam is used as the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member, the flexural modulus is improved, the strength of the box body is increased, and the holding strength or fixing strength of the rail mounting portion 755 is also improved.

The outer wall of the heat insulating box 700 formed by the outer box 710 and the inner box 750 and having the top wall 740, the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the bottom wall 780, and the inside of the outer wall of the heat insulating box 700 is the partition wall 24. Storage chambers 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 each having an opening at the front surface formed by being divided by the above, and pulled out via a rail member 810 provided in a side wall 790 that is stored in the storage chamber and forms the storage chamber. Drawer-type case 520, a vacuum heat insulating material 400 disposed between an inner box 750 and an outer box 710 forming at least a side wall 790 of the storage room, and a rail mounting portion to which a rail member 810 of the side wall 790 is mounted 755, which is an interposed member that is filled or applied between the inner box 750 of the vacuum insulating material 400 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is 11 mm or less (for example, it is better to be smaller than 10 mm), and the space between the inner box 750 of the rail portion (rail mounting portion) 755 to which the rail is mounted and the vacuum heat insulating material 400 is filled or coated. The density of the foamed heat insulating material, which is an interposed member, is set to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intervening member is greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like increases, and the inner box 750 near the rail mounting portion 755 does not deform. Therefore, drawers such as drawer doors and cases can be smoothly drawn. Further, the rail mounting portion 755 to which a fixing member such as a screw is mounted is not damaged, and the reliability is improved. When the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material is 11 mm or less (preferably smaller than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced, and when a rigid urethane foam is used as the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member, the flexural modulus can be reduced. To improve the strength of the box.

Further, in the present embodiment, the outer shell of heat-insulating box 700 formed by outer box 710 and inner box 750 and having top wall 740, rear wall 730, side wall 790, and bottom wall 780, and the outer shell of heat-insulating box 700 , Storage compartments 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 having an opening at the front surface formed by being partitioned by a partition wall 24, and partition walls (stored in the storage compartment and forming the bottom surface or the top surface of the storage room). A drawer-type case 520 that is pulled out via a rail member 810 provided on a partition wall 24, a bottom wall 780, and a ceiling wall 740 between storage rooms, and a partition provided with the rail member 810 The vacuum heat insulating material 400 provided in the wall (including the partition wall 24 between the storage rooms, the bottom wall 780, and the ceiling wall 740), and the partition wall (the storage room) facing the rail member 810 Between the storage room Outer members and vacuum heat insulating material forming partition walls (including the partition wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the ceiling wall 740 between storage rooms) on the wall 24, the bottom wall 780, and the ceiling wall 740. And a heat insulating material which is an interposed member that is filled, coated or arranged between the rail member 810 and the partition wall facing the rail member 810, and the thickness of the interposed member is 11 mm or less (for example, 10 mm or less). Small), and the density of the heat insulating material, which is an interposed member that is filled, applied, or arranged between the outer shell member and the vacuum heat insulating material 400, is set to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ . Therefore, since the density of the intervening members is greater than 60 kg / m 3, the holding strength or the fixing strength of the screw or the screw fixing portion for fixing the rail or the like is increased, and the partition wall (the partition wall between the storage rooms) is increased. 24, the bottom wall 780, and the ceiling wall 740) (including the outer wall member near the rail mounting portion) are not deformed, so that the drawer door and the case can be smoothly drawn out. Further, the partition wall to which the fixing member such as a screw is attached is not damaged, and the reliability is improved. When the thickness of the heat insulating material as the intervening member is set to 11 mm or less (for example, less than 10 mm), the wall thickness can be reduced, and when a rigid urethane foam is used as the heat insulating material as the intervening member, the flexural modulus is increased. And the strength of the partition wall and the box increases.

  If (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member) / (thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member + thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material 400) is set to 0.3 or less, the foaming of the interposed member can be improved. Since the thermal conductivity of the composite member combining the heat insulating material and the vacuum heat insulating material can be reduced, the heat insulating performance of the composite member can be improved.

  Further, when heat sources such as a hot water storage tank are insulated, the thickness of the heat insulating walls (the rear wall 730, the ceiling wall 740, the bottom wall 780, the side wall 790, the partition wall 24, etc.) is reduced to reduce the thickness of the cylindrical or square tube. A compact heat-insulating box, refrigerator, hot water storage device, equipment, etc., having a reduced size (eg, outer diameter, width, depth, height, etc.) of a heat-insulating box such as a box 700 having a shape and a front opening. be able to.

  Further, if the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member is a rigid urethane foam, and the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam is set to 15 MPa or more, a screw or a screw fixing portion for fixing a rail or the like may be held or Since the fixing strength is increased and the inner box 750 near the rail attachment portion 755 is not deformed, the drawer such as the drawer door and the case can be smoothly drawn. Further, the inner box 750 of the mounting portion such as a screw is not damaged, and the reliability is improved.

When a two-stage rail that can be pulled out in two stages or a three-stage rail that can be drawn out in three stages is used, the load on the rail portion (rail mounting portion) 755 increases. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as an intervening member at a position facing 755 is 11 mm or less, and (thickness of foamed heat insulating material as an interposed member) / (thickness of foamed heat insulating material as an interposed member + vacuum heat insulator) (Thickness of 400) is 0.3 or less, and a foam heat insulating material which is an interposed member filled between the inner box 750 of the rail mounting portion (rail portion) 755 for mounting the rail member 810 and the vacuum heat insulating material 400. If the density is larger than 60 kg / m ³ , the strength of the rail portion 755 of the inner box 750 is improved, and the holding strength of the fixing member 735 such as a screw for fixing the rail member 810 and the like is improved. Since the fixing strength is increased and the inner box 750 in the vicinity of the rail portion 755 is not deformed, the drawer door and the case can be smoothly drawn out even when the two-stage rail or the three-stage rail is used. Further, the rail portion 755 or the inner box 750, which is the mounting portion of the fixing member 735 such as a screw, is not damaged, and the reliability is improved.

  The case 520 has a case side wall that forms the case 520, and a rail support portion (case step portion) 525 that is a step portion formed on the case side wall and supported by the rail member 810 to support the case 520. If the rail support portion (case step portion) 525 as a step portion is provided at a lower position of 1/2 or less, preferably 1/3 or less from the upper surface with respect to the height direction of the case 520, The width of the case 520 can be increased by the draft angle of the case 520 as compared with the case where the rail support portion (case step portion) 525 which is a step portion is provided above １ ／ with respect to the height direction of the case 520. Therefore, the volume of the case 520 can be increased.

Further, a control board room 31 provided on the outside of the ceiling wall 740 or the back wall 730 (opposite to the storage room side as shown in FIG. 14) and in which the control device 30 is disposed, a control board room 31 and an inner box 750, and a hard urethane foam which is a foamed heat insulating material which is a self-adhesive interposed member filled between the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the inner box 750. The thickness of the foamed heat insulating material at the position facing the control board chamber 31 is 11 mm or less, and the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intervening member / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the interposed member + the vacuum heat insulating material) Is 0.3 or less, that is,
Thickness of foam insulation <= 11 mm (for example, thickness of foam insulation <10 mm)
Thickness of foam insulation / (thickness of foam insulation + thickness of vacuum insulation) <= 0.3
In this case, the wall thickness of the box at the portion where the control board chamber 31 is provided can be reduced, and the strength of the box and the heat insulation performance can be improved. Thus, refrigerators and equipment having good heat insulation performance can be obtained. In addition, since the flexural modulus of the rigid urethane foam can be increased by reducing the thickness of the rigid urethane foam as an intervening member, the strength is improved even if the thickness of the rigid urethane foam as the intervening member is reduced. Can be done. Therefore, the strength of the box body can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced. If the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the intervening member / (the thickness of the foamed heat insulating material as the interposed member + the thickness of the vacuum heat insulating material) is set to 0.3 or less, the vacuum heat insulating material 400 and the hard urethane foam can be used. Since the composite thermal conductivity of the wall formed from the composite member provided with the above can be reduced, the heat insulation performance can be improved even if the wall thickness is reduced.

Further, by setting the density of the rigid urethane foam as the intervening member to be greater than 60 kg / m ³ , the rigid urethane foam as the intervening member is formed densely and the flexural modulus is increased. Can be suppressed. In addition, since the rigid urethane foam is formed densely, when fixing with a fixing member such as a screw, the holding strength of the screw or the like is improved.

  Further, an external device provided inside or near the control board room 31 and arranged outside the refrigerator 1 by infrared connection, wireless connection, or wired connection (such as power line connection, Internet line connection, LAN connection, or USB connection). By providing a transmission / reception unit capable of transmitting and receiving device information to and from the device, it is possible to transmit device information of the refrigerator or receive information from an external device. It can be displayed on a terminal or an external device. Further, the refrigerator can be controlled in response to instruction information from the server. In addition, other devices can be controlled from a refrigerator or a portable terminal.

  Further, if a control board chamber cover is provided in the control board chamber 31 and a terminal for network connection is provided in the control board chamber 31 or in the control board cover, a wireless adapter, a WiFi adapter, a wired LAN, or the like can be provided after the refrigerator is installed. Can be easily connected, and a network can be constructed. Of course, if the terminal for network connection is the ceiling wall 730 or the side wall 790, it can be easily connected, so there is no problem.

  Further, a cover member (first air path component 762) that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber or the second recess 441 forms at least a part of the cool air path 760 or forms at least a part of the cool air path 760. By providing an air path cover portion to cover and a rear cover portion extending in the width direction from the air path cover portion and covering at least a part of the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440, the cover member (the first air path component 762) is provided. ) Can cover at least a part of the rear wall 730 and the convex portion 450, so that the design is improved and the assemblability is also improved.

  Further, a cover member (first air path component 762) that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber or the second recess 441 forms at least a part of the cool air path 760 or forms at least a part of the cool air path 760. An air path cover portion to cover, a rear cover portion extending in the width direction from the air path cover portion and covering at least a part of the rear wall 730 or the concave portion 440, and a side wall connected to or integrally formed with the rear cover portion. By providing a side cover that covers at least a part of the 790, at least a part of the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the protrusion 450 can be covered by the cover member (the first air path component 762). Therefore, the design is improved, and the assemblability is also improved.

  Further, the rear cover is attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding, or the side cover portion is mounted on the inner box 750 forming the side wall 790 or the convex portion 450. If the cover member (first air path component 762) is used to fix or hold the cover member 750, at least a part of the rear wall 730, the side wall 790, and the convex portion 450 can be covered. And assemblability is also improved.

  A cover member (first air path component 762) that covers at least a part of the back surface in the storage chamber forms at least a part of the cool air path 760 or covers at least a part of the cool air path 760. A back cover part extending in the width direction (left or right direction or side wall 790 direction) from the air path cover part and covering at least a part of the rear wall 730 or the concave part 440, and connected to the air path cover part or integrally with the air path cover part. The partition wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780) formed and provided at the upper or lower part of the rear wall 730 extends at least partially from the upper end or the lower end of the rear wall 730 in the front opening direction. If the upper and lower wall cover portions are provided so as to be provided, the rear wall 730, the partition wall 24, and the ceiling are formed by the cover member (the first air path component 762). It can be covered at least a portion of the 730 and bottom wall 780, improves design properties, also improved assemblability.

  In addition, the rear cover is attached to the rear wall 730 or the inner box 750 forming the concave portion 440 or the convex portion 450 by fixing or holding the same, or the upper and lower wall cover portions are provided in the vertical direction of the rear wall 730. By fixing or holding it to the inner box 750 forming the wall 24 (including the ceiling wall 740 or the bottom wall 780), the rear wall 730 or the partition is provided by the cover member (first air path component 762). Since at least a part of the wall 24, the ceiling wall 730, and the bottom wall 780 can be covered, designability is improved, and assemblability is also improved.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Refrigerator, 1A machine room, 2 refrigeration room, 2A chilled room, 2P inner wall, 2X substantially closed container, 2Y substantially closed container, 3 ice making room, 4 switching room, 5 vegetable room, 6 freezing room, 7 Refrigerator compartment door, 7A Refrigerator compartment left, 7B Refrigerator compartment right, 8 Ice compartment door, 9 Switching room door, 10 Vegetable compartment door, 11 Freezer compartment door, 12 Compressor, 13 Cooler, 14 Cooling air circulation fan, Reference Signs List 15 switching room damper, 16 cold air passage, 17 cold air passage for switching room, 18 cold air passage for freezing room, 19 switching room thermistor, 21 storage goods storage space, 22 thermopile, 24 partition wall, 30 control device, 30a microcomputer , 31 control board room, 33 notch, 34 sheet metal cover, 50 cold air passage, 51 partition wall, 53 cold air passage, 55 refrigerator compartment damper, 60 operation panel, 60a room selection switch, 60b Temperature zone switch, 60c instantaneous freezing switch, 60d ice making switch, 60e mist supply switch, 80 shelves, 131 cooler room, 150 defrost heater, 151 heater roof, 152 water receiving container, 154 defrost water receiving part, 155 Defrosting water outlet, 200 mist device, 250 storage space for storage items, 315 space (wall space), 400 vacuum insulation material, 410 refrigeration room return airway, 420 freezer room return airway, 430 vegetable room return airway, 440 concave portion, 441 second concave portion, 450 convex portion, front end surface of 451 convex portion, 520 case, 525 case step portion, 700 heat insulating box, 701 heat insulating material, 703, 704 filling port (injection port), 710 outside Box, 717 Inner box recess, 718 Above recess step, 719 Below recess step (rail member mounting section), 720 pipe 725 Refrigerant piping, 727 Inner box protrusion, 728 Upper protrusion, 729 Lower protrusion, 730 Back wall, 731 Reinforcement, 732 Reinforcement extension, 733 Reinforcement extension, 734 Reinforcement body Part, 735 rail fixing member, 740 ceiling wall, 750 inner box, 755 rail part (rail mounting part), 757 rail part end part (rail member mounting part), 760 cold air path, 762 first air path part, 763 Projection, 764 Second air path component, 765 Air path rear member, 766 Air path side member, 768 Cold air supply port, 769 Front end face of first air path component, 770 Space (storage space), 775 Step section, 776 Step, 780 Bottom wall, 790 Side wall, 797 Side wall end (of convex), 798 Back wall end of (convex), 810 Rail member, 811 Upper rail Moving rail) 812 lower rail (fixed rail) 813 intermediate rail, 820 rail support unit, 830 case supporting portion, 835 case supporting portion fixing member, 836 rail support portion fixing member, 900 illumination device, 910 projections.

Claims (29)

In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box,
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member comprising a first member and a second member provided on the back side of the first member, and covering at least a part of the back wall;
With
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion ,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more . In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box,
A second interposition member for bonding the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member that covers at least a part of the back wall,
With
The first interposed member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion,
The vacuum insulation material flexural modulus Ri der least 20 MPa,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more .   3. The refrigerator according to claim 1, further comprising a first attachment portion provided in the recess and fixing or holding the cover member. 4. In a refrigerator having a back wall, a side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing storage items,
A convex portion formed at a corner portion of the side wall and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied between the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box,
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A cover member comprising a first member and a second member provided on the back side of the first member, and covering at least a part of the back wall;
A first attachment portion provided in the recess, for fixing or holding the cover member;
With
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion ,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more . The cover member has a second attachment portion for attaching to the first attachment portion,
The refrigerator according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the second mounting portion is fixed or held to the first mounting portion by a hooking structure, a fitting structure, or a concave-convex fitting structure. In a refrigerator having a back wall, a left and right side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing stored goods,
A corner portion between the left side wall and the rear wall, a convex portion formed at a corner portion between the right side wall and the rear wall and projecting to the front side;
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material,
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A protrusion provided in the recess, protruding to the front side,
With
In the recess, the first interposed member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material ,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more . In a refrigerator having a back wall, a left and right side wall, and a storage room having an open front surface for storing stored goods,
A corner portion between the left side wall and the rear wall, a convex portion formed at a corner portion between the right side wall and the rear wall and projecting to the front side;
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material,
A second interposition member for bonding the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
A protrusion provided in the recess, protruding to the front side,
With
The first interposed member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion,
The vacuum insulation material flexural modulus Ri der least 20 MPa,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more . A cover member that covers at least a part of the back wall,
The projection is a first attachment portion for attaching the cover member,
The cover member forms at least a part of a cool air path, or an air path cover part that covers at least a part of the cool air path, and a second attaching part for attaching to the first attaching part. The refrigerator according to claim 6 or 7, further comprising a refrigerator.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein the first mounting portion or the protrusion is formed separately from the inner box forming the recess. A refrigerator compartment provided in the upper row, and a freezer compartment provided in the lower row,
A first cooler for generating cool air for cooling the refrigerator compartment, and a second cooler for generating cool air for cooling the freezer room,
The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the storage room is the refrigerator room, and the first cooler is provided behind the refrigerator room. A refrigerating room as a storage room provided in the upper stage and having a back wall and left and right side walls, a freezing room as a storage room provided in the lower stage, and a first cooler for generating cool air for cooling the refrigerating room; A second cooler that generates cold air for cooling the freezer compartment,
A convex portion formed on each of left and right corners of the side wall and the rear wall and protruding toward the front,
A concave portion formed by the convex portion and the rear wall,
A vacuum heat insulating material provided between the inner box and the outer box forming the back wall,
A first intervening member that is filled or applied to the concave portion and adheres, fixes, or fixes the vacuum heat insulating material and the inner box;
A second intervening member that is different from the first intervening member that bonds the vacuum heat insulating material and the outer box;
With
The first cooler is disposed behind the refrigerator compartment,
The first interposition member is filled or applied between the inner box and the vacuum heat insulating material in the concave portion ,
The refrigerator wherein the first interposed member is a foamed heat insulating material, the density of the first interposed member is greater than 60 Kg / m ³ , and the flexural modulus is 15 MPa or more . A cover member that covers at least a part of the back wall,
Provided in the recess,
A first mounting portion for mounting the cover member,
The refrigerator according to claim 11, wherein the first mounting portion protrudes forward. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1, 4, 6, 6, 7 and 11, wherein the thickness of the first interposed member filled or applied to the concave portion is smaller than 10 mm.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the rear wall or the side wall forming the recess is directly used as a cool air passage.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the convex portion has a rectangular or substantially triangular shape, an arc shape, or an arch shape in a horizontal cross section.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the convex portion has a substantially triangular shape having a hypotenuse portion in a horizontal cross section, and the hypotenuse portion is substantially linear, curved, or arched.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 3 to 9, wherein the first attachment portion or the protrusion is provided at at least two positions in the width direction.   The vacuum heat insulating material is arranged so as to overlap with the convex portion, and the length of the vacuum heat insulating material overlapping with the convex portion is 30 mm or more and 200 mm or less, according to any one of claims 1 to 17. The refrigerator as described.   The filling port provided in the back wall except the machine room provided in the upper part or the lower part of the back wall, and filling the first interposition member is provided. A refrigerator according to claim 1. The back wall includes a filling port for filling the first interposed member,
Assuming that the thickness of the side wall is T1 and the length of the convex portion in the width direction is A, the distance Y1 from the width direction end of the refrigerator back to the width direction inner end of the filling port is Y1 <= T1 + A.
The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein a control lead wire is disposed on the projection.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 3, 4, 5, and 8, wherein the cover member includes a back cover portion that covers at least a part of the back wall or the recess.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the cover member includes a side cover that covers at least a part of the side wall.   The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the cover member is provided with a rib in a width direction or a vertical direction.   A second member is provided on a back side of the cover member, and the second member is in contact with the inner box. 23. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 24.   The said storage room is a refrigerator room arrange | positioned at the upper part, the freezer room arrange | positioned at the lower part, and the vegetable room arrange | positioned below the refrigerator room and above the freezer room, Claims 1-9. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 11, 12, and 22 to 25.   An ice making room and a switching room are arranged in parallel below the refrigerator compartment, and the vegetable room is provided above the freezing room below the ice making room and the switching room arranged in parallel. Item 27. The refrigerator according to Item 26. The storage room is partitioned by a partition plate,
28. The refrigerator according to claim 26 or 27, wherein a vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in an inner space of the partition plate and filled with urethane foam. The refrigerator according to any one of claims 1 to 28 , wherein the first intervening member is urethane .

Images